Exhibit 99.2

ITEM 8—FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income, of changes in equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 28, 2017, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the change in composition of reportable segments discussed in Note 22, as to which the date is May 3, 2017

 

1


CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

     Year ended December 31  

In millions, except per share data

   2016      2015      2014  

Interest Income

        

Loans

   $ 7,414      $ 7,203      $ 7,427  

Investment securities

     1,826        1,679        1,624  

Other

     412        441        380  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest income

     9,652        9,323        9,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest Expense

        

Deposits

     430        403        325  

Borrowed funds

     831        642        581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     1,261        1,045        906  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     8,391        8,278        8,525  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Noninterest Income

        

Asset management

     1,521        1,567        1,513  

Consumer services

     1,388        1,335        1,254  

Corporate services

     1,504        1,491        1,415  

Residential mortgage

     567        566        618  

Service charges on deposits

     667        651        662  

Other

     1,124        1,337        1,388  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     6,771        6,947        6,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,162        15,225        15,375  

Provision For Credit Losses

     433        255        273  

Noninterest Expense

        

Personnel

     4,841        4,831        4,611  

Occupancy

     861        842        833  

Equipment

     974        925        859  

Marketing

     247        249        253  

Other

     2,553        2,616        2,932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     9,476        9,463        9,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     5,253        5,507        5,614  

Income taxes

     1,268        1,364        1,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     3,985        4,143        4,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     82        37        23  

Preferred stock dividends

     209        220        232  

Preferred stock discount accretion and redemptions

     6        5        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 3,688      $ 3,881      $ 3,947  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings Per Common Share

        

Basic

   $ 7.42      $ 7.52      $ 7.44  

Diluted

   $ 7.30      $ 7.39      $ 7.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Average Common Shares Outstanding

        

Basic

     494        514        529  

Diluted

     500        521        537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

     Year ended December 31  

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Net income

   $ 3,985     $ 4,143     $ 4,207  

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities

     (369     (569     375  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     63       (13     79  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

     (153     127       168  

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

     1       (54     (446

Other

     (59     (42     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax and net of reclassifications into Net income

     (517     (551     137  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense) related to items of other comprehensive income

     122       178       (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), after tax and net of reclassifications into Net income

     (395     (373     67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

     3,590       3,770       4,274  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     82       37       23  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to PNC

   $ 3,508     $ 3,733     $ 4,251  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

3


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

In millions, except par value

   December 31
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,879     $ 4,065  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     25,711       30,546  

Loans held for sale (a)

     2,504       1,540  

Investment securities—available for sale

     60,104       55,760  

Investment securities—held to maturity

     15,843       14,768  

Loans (a)

     210,833       206,696  

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (2,589     (2,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans

     208,244       203,969  

Equity investments

     10,728       10,587  

Mortgage servicing rights

     1,758       1,589  

Goodwill

     9,103       9,103  

Other (a)

     27,506       26,566  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 366,380     $ 358,493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

    

Deposits

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 80,230     $ 79,435  

Interest-bearing

     176,934       169,567  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     257,164       249,002  

Borrowed funds

    

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     17,549       20,108  

Bank notes and senior debt

     22,972       21,298  

Subordinated debt

     8,009       8,556  

Other (b)

     4,176       4,570  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

     52,706       54,532  

Allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     301       261  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     9,355       8,718  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     319,526       312,513  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

    

Preferred stock (c)

    

Common stock ($5 par value, Authorized 800 shares, issued 542 shares)

     2,709       2,708  

Capital surplus

     16,651       16,197  

Retained earnings

     31,670       29,043  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (265     130  

Common stock held in treasury at cost: 57 and 38 shares

     (5,066     (3,368
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     45,699       44,710  

Noncontrolling interests

     1,155       1,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     46,854       45,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 366,380     $ 358,493  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Our consolidated assets included the following for which we have elected the fair value option: Loans held for sale of $2.4 billion, Loans of $.9 billion, and Other assets of $.5 billion at December 31, 2016 and Loans held for sale of $1.5 billion, Loans of $.9 billion, and Other assets of $.7 billion at December 31, 2015.
(b) Our consolidated liabilities included Other borrowed funds of $.1 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, for which we have elected the fair value option.
(c) Par value less than $.5 million at each date.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

4


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

          Shareholders’ Equity              

In millions

  Shares
Outstanding
Common
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Capital
Surplus -
Preferred
Stock
    Capital
Surplus -
Common
Stock and
Other
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Noncontrolling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2014 (a)

    533     $ 2,698     $ 3,941     $ 12,416     $ 23,253     $ 436     $ (408   $ 1,703     $ 44,039  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

            4,184           23       4,207  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

              67           67  

Cash dividends declared

                 

Common

            (1,000           (1,000

Preferred

            (232           (232

Preferred stock discount accretion

        5         (5        

Common stock activity

    1       7         81               88  

Treasury stock activity

    (11         14           (1,022       (1,008

Other

          116             (203     (87
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014 (a)

    523     $ 2,705     $ 3,946     $ 12,627     $ 26,200     $ 503     $ (1,430   $ 1,523     $ 46,074  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

            4,106           37       4,143  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

              (373         (373

Cash dividends declared

                 

Common

            (1,038           (1,038

Preferred

            (219           (219

Preferred stock discount accretion

        6         (6        

Preferred stock redemption—Series K (b)

        (500               (500

Common stock activity

    1       3         46               49  

Treasury stock activity

    (20         (56         (1,938       (1,994

Other

          128             (290     (162
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015 (a)

    504     $ 2,708     $ 3,452     $ 12,745     $ 29,043     $ 130     $ (3,368   $ 1,270     $ 45,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

            3,903           82       3,985  

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

              (395         (395

Cash dividends declared

                 

Common

            (1,061           (1,061

Preferred

            (209           (209

Preferred stock discount accretion

        6         (6        

Preferred stock issuance—Series S (c)

        519                 519  

Common stock activity

      1         18               19  

Treasury stock activity

    (19         (131         (1,698       (1,829

Other

          42             (197     (155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016 (a)

    485     $ 2,709     $ 3,977     $ 12,674     $ 31,670     $ (265   $ (5,066   $ 1,155     $ 46,854  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The par value of our preferred stock outstanding was less than $.5 million at each date and, therefore, is excluded from this presentation.
(b) On May 4, 2015, we redeemed all 50,000 shares of our Series K preferred stock, as well as all 500,000 Depositary Shares representing fractional interests in such shares, resulting in net outflow of $500 million.
(c) On November 1, 2016, PNC issued 5,250 shares of Series S preferred stock with a $1 par value.

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

5


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

 

     Year ended December 31  

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 3,985     $ 4,143     $ 4,207  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities

      

Provision for credit losses

     433       255       273  

Depreciation and amortization

     1,193       1,088       988  

Deferred income taxes

     326       404       255  

Changes in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

     179       274       514  

Gain on sales of Visa Class B common shares

     (126     (169     (209

Undistributed earnings of BlackRock

     (361     (407     (441

Net change in

      

Trading securities and other short-term investments

     (1,167     203       757  

Loans held for sale

     (935     393       (405

Other assets

     (644     1,568       (8

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     652       (1,788     169  

Other

     100       (439     (515
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     3,635       5,525       5,585  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

      

Sales

      

Securities available for sale

     3,456       6,723       4,432  

Loans

     1,897       2,040       2,870  

Repayments/maturities

      

Securities available for sale

     11,061       7,920       6,915  

Securities held to maturity

     3,209       2,032       1,987  

Purchases

      

Securities available for sale

     (19,495     (26,367     (7,989

Securities held to maturity

     (4,305     (4,896     (500

Loans

     (1,334     (748     (750

Net change in

      

Federal funds sold and resale agreements

     126       481       131  

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     4,835       1,233       (19,643

Loans

     (5,940     (3,972     (12,147

Other

     (952     (706     (199
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     (7,442     (16,260     (24,893
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(continued on following page)

 

6


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

(continued from previous page)

 

     Year ended December 31  

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Financing Activities

      

Net change in

      

Noninterest-bearing deposits

   $ 1,212     $ 5,765     $ 3,182  

Interest-bearing deposits

     7,367       10,812       8,130  

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

     18       (1,733     (778

Other borrowed funds

     272       (9     109  

Sales/issuances

      

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     1,000       2,250       15,685  

Bank notes and senior debt

     5,601       8,173       6,184  

Subordinated debt

         745  

Commercial paper

       1,394       8,797  

Other borrowed funds

     165       694       505  

Preferred stock

     519      

Common and treasury stock

     151       139       252  

Repayments/maturities

      

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     (3,559     (2,147     (8,592

Bank notes and senior debt

     (3,750     (2,624     (3,089

Subordinated debt

     (488     (524     57  

Commercial paper

     (14     (6,219     (8,687

Other borrowed funds

     (541     (1,622     (467

Preferred stock redemption

       (500  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (2,062     (2,152     (1,176

Preferred stock cash dividends paid

     (209     (219     (232

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (1,061     (1,038     (1,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     4,621       10,440       19,625  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash And Due From Banks

     814       (295     317  

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

     4,065       4,360       4,043  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

   $ 4,879     $ 4,065     $ 4,360  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures

      

Interest paid

   $ 1,317     $ 1,005     $ 863  

Income taxes paid

   $ 658     $ 919     $ 1,102  

Income taxes refunded

   $ 111     $ 286     $ 12  

Non-cash Investing and Financing Items

      

Transfer from loans to loans held for sale, net

   $ 606     $ 285     $ 724  

Transfer from loans to foreclosed assets

   $ 281     $ 435     $ 604  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

7


 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

BUSINESS

The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (PNC) is one of the largest diversified financial services companies in the United States and is headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

We have businesses engaged in retail banking, including residential mortgage, corporate and institutional banking and asset management, providing many of our products and services nationally. Our primary geographic markets are located in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, Florida, North Carolina, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Georgia, Alabama, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina. We also provide certain products and services internationally.

NOTE 1 ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the parent company and its subsidiaries, most of which are wholly-owned, certain partnership interests, and variable interest entities.

We prepared these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). We have eliminated intercompany accounts and transactions. We have also reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the 2016 presentation, which did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

We have also considered the impact of subsequent events on these consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

We prepared these consolidated financial statements using financial information available at the time of preparation, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported. Our most significant estimates pertain to our fair value measurements and allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit. Actual results may differ from the estimates and the differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Investment in BlackRock, Inc.

We account for our investment in the common stock and Series B Preferred Stock of BlackRock (deemed to be in-substance common stock) under the equity method of accounting. The investment in BlackRock is reflected on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Equity investments, while our equity in earnings of BlackRock is reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in Asset management revenue.

We also hold shares of Series C Preferred Stock of BlackRock pursuant to our obligation to partially fund a portion of certain BlackRock long-term incentive plan (LTIP) programs. Since these preferred shares are not deemed to be in-substance common stock, we have elected to account for these preferred shares at fair value and the changes in fair value will offset the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. Our investment in the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock is included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet in Other assets. Our obligation to transfer these shares to BlackRock is classified as a derivative not designated as a hedging instrument under GAAP as disclosed in Note 13 Financial Derivatives.

Special Purpose Entities

Special purpose entities (SPEs) are defined as legal entities structured for a particular purpose. We use special purpose entities in various legal forms to conduct normal business activities. We review the structure and activities of special purpose entities for possible consolidation under the applicable GAAP guidance.

A variable interest entity (VIE) is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or any other legal structure used to conduct activities or hold assets generally that either:

 

    Does not have equity investors with voting rights that can directly or indirectly make decisions about the entity’s activities through those voting rights or similar rights, or
    Has equity investors that do not provide sufficient equity for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support.

 

8


A VIE often holds financial assets, including loans or receivables, real estate or other property.

VIEs are assessed for consolidation under ASC 810—Consolidation when we hold a variable interest in these entities. We consolidate a VIE if we are its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is determined to be the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. Upon consolidation of a VIE, we recognize all of the VIE’s assets, liabilities and noncontrolling interests on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. On a quarterly basis, we determine whether any changes occurred requiring a reassessment of whether we are the primary beneficiary of an entity.

See Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities for information about VIEs that we consolidate as well as those that we do not consolidate but in which we hold a significant variable interest.

Revenue Recognition

We earn interest and noninterest income from various sources, including:

 

    Lending,

 

    Securities portfolio,

 

    Asset management,

 

    Customer deposits,

 

    Loan sales and servicing,

 

    Brokerage services,

 

    Sale of loans and securities,

 

    Certain private equity activities, and

 

    Securities, derivatives and foreign exchange activities.

We earn fees and commissions from:

 

    Issuing loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees,

 

    Selling various insurance products,

 

    Providing treasury management services,

 

    Providing merger and acquisition advisory and related services, and

 

    Participating in certain capital markets transactions.

Revenue earned on interest-earning assets, including unearned income and the amortization/accretion of premiums or discounts recognized on acquired loans and debt securities, is recognized based on the constant effective yield of the financial instrument or based on other applicable accounting guidance.

Our Asset management noninterest income includes asset management fees, which are generally based on a percentage of the fair value of the assets under management. Additionally, it includes our share of the earnings of BlackRock recognized under the equity method of accounting.

Service charges on deposit accounts are recognized when earned. Brokerage fees and gains and losses on the sale of securities and certain derivatives are recognized on a trade-date basis.

We record private equity income or loss based on changes in the valuation of the underlying investments or when we dispose of our interest.

We recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of certain financial instruments where we have elected the fair value option. These financial instruments include certain commercial and residential mortgage loans originated for sale, certain residential mortgage portfolio loans, resale agreements and our investment in BlackRock Series C preferred stock. We also recognize gain/(loss) on changes in the fair value of residential and commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs).

We recognize revenue from servicing residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and other consumer loans as earned based on the specific contractual terms. These revenues are reported on the Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Residential mortgage, Corporate services and Consumer services. We recognize revenue from securities, derivatives and foreign exchange customer-related trading, as well as securities underwriting activities, as these transactions occur or as services are provided. We generally recognize gains from the sale of loans upon receipt of cash. Mortgage revenue recognized is reported net of mortgage repurchase reserves.

 

9


Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and due from banks are considered “cash and cash equivalents” for financial reporting purposes.

Investments

We hold interests in various types of investments. The accounting for these investments is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, items such as:

 

    Ownership interest,

 

    Our plans for the investment, and

 

    The nature of the investment.

Debt Securities

Debt securities are recorded on a trade-date basis. We classify debt securities as held to maturity and carry them at amortized cost if we have the positive intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Debt securities that we purchase for certain risk management activities or customer-related trading activities are carried at fair value and classified as trading securities and are reported in the Other assets line item on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included in Other noninterest income.

Debt securities not classified as held to maturity or trading are designated as securities available for sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

On at least a quarterly basis, we review all debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position for other than temporary impairment (OTTI). An investment security is deemed impaired if the fair value of the investment is less than its amortized cost. Amortized cost includes adjustments (if any) made to the cost basis of an investment for accretion, amortization, previous other-than-temporary impairments and hedging gains and losses. After an investment security is determined to be impaired, we evaluate whether the decline in value is other-than-temporary. Declines in the fair value of available for sale and held to maturity debt securities that are deemed other-than-temporary and are attributable to credit deterioration are recognized in Other noninterest income on our Consolidated Income Statement in the period in which the determination is made. Declines in fair value which are deemed other-than-temporary and attributable to factors other than credit deterioration are recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

We include all interest on debt securities, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities, in net interest income using the constant effective yield method calculated over the estimated lives of the securities taking into account anticipated prepayments. Effective yields reflect either the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition or the effective interest rate determined based on improved cash flows subsequent to impairment. We compute gains and losses realized on the sale of available for sale debt securities on a specific security basis. These securities gains/(losses) are included in Other noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

In certain situations, management may elect to transfer certain debt securities from the securities available for sale to the held to maturity classification. In such cases, the securities are reclassified at fair value at the time of transfer. Any unrealized gain or loss included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at the time of transfer is retained therein and amortized over the remaining life of the security as a yield adjustment, such that only the remaining initial discount/premium from the purchase date is recognized in income.

Equity Securities and Partnership Interests

We account for equity securities and equity investments other than BlackRock and private equity investments under one of the following methods:

 

    Marketable equity securities are recorded on a trade-date basis and are accounted for based on the securities’ quoted market prices from a national securities exchange. Those purchased with the intention of selling in the near term are classified as trading and included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading securities are included in Noninterest income. Marketable equity securities not classified as trading are designated as securities available for sale with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Any unrealized losses that we have determined to be other-than-temporary on securities classified as available for sale are recognized in current period earnings.

 

    For investments in limited partnerships, limited liability companies and other investments that are not required to be consolidated, we use either the equity method or the cost method of accounting. We use the equity method for general and limited partner ownership interests and limited liability companies in which we are considered to have significant influence over the operations of the investee. Under the equity method, we record our equity ownership share of net income or loss of

 

10


the investee in Noninterest income and any dividends received on equity method investments are recorded as a reduction to the investment balance. We use the cost method for all other investments. Under the cost method, there is no change to the cost basis unless there is an other-than-temporary decline in value or dividends received are considered a return on investment. If the decline is determined to be other-than-temporary, we write down the cost basis of the investment to a new cost basis that represents realizable value. The amount of the write-down is accounted for as a loss included in Noninterest income. Distributions received from the income of an investee on cost method investments are included in Noninterest income. Investments described above are included in Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Private Equity Investments

We report private equity investments, which include direct investments in companies, affiliated partnership interests and indirect investments in private equity funds, at estimated fair value. These estimates are based on available information and may not necessarily represent amounts that we will ultimately realize through distribution, sale or liquidation of the investments. Fair values of publicly traded direct investments are determined using quoted market prices and are subject to various discount factors for lack of marketability, when appropriate. The valuation procedures applied to direct investments and indirect investments are detailed in Note 6 Fair Value. We include all private equity investments within Equity investments on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in fair value of private equity investments are recognized in Noninterest income.

We consolidate affiliated partnerships when we are the general partner and have determined that we have control of the partnership or are the primary beneficiary if the entity is a VIE. The portion we do not own is reflected in Noncontrolling interests on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Loans

Loans are classified as held for investment when management has both the intent and ability to hold the loan for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff. Management’s intent and view of the foreseeable future may change based on changes in business strategies, the economic environment, market conditions and the availability of government programs.

Measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent.

Except as described below, loans held for investment are stated at the principal amounts outstanding, net of unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs on originated loans, and premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest on performing loans (excluding interest on purchased impaired loans, which is further discussed below) is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and recorded in Interest income as earned using the constant effective yield method. Loan origination fees, direct loan origination costs, and loan premiums and discounts are deferred and accreted or amortized into Net interest income using the constant effective yield method, over the contractual life of the loan.

In addition to originating loans, we also acquire loans through portfolio purchases or acquisitions of other financial services companies. For certain acquired loans that have experienced a deterioration of credit quality, we follow the guidance contained in ASC 310-30—Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality. Under this guidance, acquired purchased impaired loans are to be recorded at fair value without the carryover of any existing valuation allowances. When evidence of credit quality deterioration and evidence that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all contractual amounts due exist, we consider the loans to be purchased credit impaired and we estimate the amount and timing of undiscounted expected cash flows at acquisition for each loan either individually or on a pool basis. The excess of undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected on a purchased impaired loan (or pool of loans) over its carrying value represents the accretable yield which is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan (or pool of loans) using the constant effective yield method. Subsequent decreases in expected cash flows that are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the ALLL. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows are recognized as a provision recapture of previously recorded ALLL or prospectively through an adjustment of the loan’s or pool’s yield over its remaining life.

Loans Held for Sale

We designate loans as held for sale when we have the intent to sell them. We transfer loans to the Loans held for sale category at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less cost to sell. At the time of transfer, write-downs on the loans are recorded as charge-offs. We establish a new cost basis upon transfer. Any subsequent lower-of-cost-or-market adjustment is determined on an individual loan basis and is recognized as a valuation allowance with any charges included in Other noninterest income.

We have elected to account for certain commercial and residential mortgage loans held for sale at fair value. The changes in the fair value of the commercial mortgage loans are measured and recorded in Other noninterest income while the residential mortgage loans are measured and recorded in Residential mortgage noninterest income each period. See Note 6 Fair Value for additional information.

Interest income with respect to loans held for sale is accrued based on the principal amount outstanding and the loan’s contractual interest rate.

 

11


In certain circumstances, loans designated as held for sale may be transferred to held for investment based on a change in strategy. We transfer these loans at the lower of cost or estimated fair value; however, any loans originated or purchased for held for sale and designated at fair value remain at fair value for the life of the loan.

Leases

We provide financing for various types of equipment, including aircraft, energy and power systems, and vehicles through a variety of lease arrangements. Direct financing leases are carried at the aggregate of lease payments plus estimated residual value of the leased equipment, less unearned income. Leveraged leases, a form of financing lease, are carried net of nonrecourse debt. We recognize income over the term of the lease using the constant effective yield method. Lease residual values are reviewed for impairment at least annually. Gains or losses on the sale of leased assets are included in Other noninterest income while valuation adjustments on lease residuals are included in Other noninterest expense.

Loan Sales, Loan Securitizations and Retained Interests

We recognize the sale of loans or other financial assets when the transferred assets are legally isolated from our creditors and the appropriate accounting criteria are met. We have sold mortgage, credit card and other loans through securitization transactions. In a securitization, financial assets are transferred into trusts or to SPEs in transactions to effectively legally isolate the assets from us.

ASC 860—Transfers and Servicing requires a true sale legal analysis to address several relevant factors, such as the nature and level of recourse to the transferor, and the amount and nature of retained interests in the loans sold to support whether the transferred loans would be legally isolated from the transferor’s assets in the case of bankruptcy. Once the legal isolation test has been met, other factors concerning the nature and extent of the transferor’s control and the rights of the transferee over the transferred assets are taken into account in order to determine whether derecognition of assets is warranted.

In a securitization, the trust or SPE issues beneficial interests in the form of senior and subordinated securities backed or collateralized by the assets sold to the trust. The senior classes of the asset-backed securities typically receive investment grade credit ratings at the time of issuance. These ratings are generally achieved through the creation of lower-rated subordinated classes of asset-backed securities, as well as subordinated or residual interests. In certain cases, we may retain a portion or all of the securities issued, interest-only strips, one or more subordinated tranches, servicing rights and, in some cases, cash reserve accounts. Securitized loans are removed from the balance sheet and a net gain or loss is recognized in Noninterest income at the time of initial sale. Gains or losses recognized on the sale of the loans depend on the fair value of the loans sold and the retained interests at the date of sale. We generally estimate the fair value of the retained interests based on the present value of future expected cash flows using assumptions as to discount rates, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit losses and servicing costs, if applicable.

With the exception of loan sales to certain U.S. government-chartered entities, our loan sales and securitizations are generally structured without recourse to us except for representations and warranties and with no restrictions on the retained interests. We originate, sell and service commercial mortgage loans under the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) Delegated Underwriting and Servicing (DUS) program. Under the provisions of the DUS program, we participate in a loss-sharing arrangement with FNMA. When we are obligated for loss-sharing or recourse, our policy is to record such liabilities initially at fair value and subsequently reserve for estimated losses in accordance with guidance contained in applicable GAAP.

 

12


Nonperforming Loans and Leases

The matrix below summarizes our policies for classifying certain loans as nonperforming loans and/or discontinuing the accrual of loan interest income.

 

Commercial loans

Loans Classified as Nonperforming and

Accounted for as Nonaccrual

  

•       Loans accounted for at amortized cost where:

 

  

•       The loan is 90 days or more past due.

 

  

•       The loan is rated substandard or worse due to the determination that full collection of principal and interest is not probable as demonstrated by the following conditions:

 

  

•    The collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due;

 

  

•    Reasonable doubt exists as to the certainty of the borrower’s future debt service ability, according to the terms of the credit arrangement, regardless of whether 90 days have passed or not;

 

  

•    The borrower has filed or will likely file for bankruptcy;

 

  

•    The bank advances additional funds to cover principal or interest;

 

  

•    We are in the process of liquidating a commercial borrower; or

 

  

•    We are pursuing remedies under a guarantee.

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual   

•       Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.

  

•       Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (held for sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting   

•       Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted through the accounting model.

 

•       Loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.

  
Consumer loans
Loans Classified as Nonperforming and Accounted for as Nonaccrual   

•       Loans accounted for at amortized cost where full collection of contractual principal and interest is not deemed probable as demonstrated in the policies below:

 

  

•       The loan is 90 days past due for home equity and installment loans, and 180 days past due for well secured residential real estate loans;

 

  

•       The loan has been modified and classified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR);

 

  

•       Notification of bankruptcy has been received within the last 60 days;

 

  

•       The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and the first lien mortgage loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due);

 

  

•       Other loans within the same borrower relationship have been placed on nonaccrual or charge-offs have been taken on them;

 

  

•       The bank has repossessed non-real estate collateral securing the loan; or

 

  

•       The bank has charged-off the loan to the value of the collateral.

 

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification but Accounted for as Nonaccrual   

•       Loans accounted for under the fair value option and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.

  

•       Loans accounted for at the lower of cost or market less costs to sell (held for sale) and full collection of principal and interest is not probable.

Loans Excluded from Nonperforming Classification and Nonaccrual Accounting   

•       Purchased impaired loans because interest income is accreted through the accounting model.

 

  

•       Certain government insured loans where substantially all principal and interest is insured.

 

  

•       Residential real estate loans that are well secured and in the process of collection.

 

  

•       Consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

See Note 3 Asset Quality in this Report for additional detail on nonperforming assets and asset quality indicators for commercial and consumer loans.

Commercial Loans

We generally charge off Commercial Lending (Commercial, Commercial Real Estate, and Equipment Lease Financing) nonperforming loans when we determine that a specific loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible. This determination is based on the specific facts and circumstances of the individual loans. In making this determination, we consider the viability of the business or project as a going concern, the past due status when the asset is not well-secured, the expected cash flows to repay the loan, the value of the collateral, and the ability and willingness of any guarantors to perform.

 

13


Additionally, in general, for smaller commercial loans of $1 million or less, a partial or full charge-off occurs at 120 days past due for term loans and 180 days past due for revolvers. Certain small business credit card balances that are placed on nonaccrual status when they become 90 days or more past due are charged-off at 180 days past due.

Consumer Loans

Home equity installment loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential real estate loans that are not well-secured and in the process of collection are charged-off at no later than 180 days past due. At that time, the basis in the loan is reduced to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. In addition to this policy, the bank recognizes a charge-off on a secured consumer loan when:

 

    The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan and a foreclosure notice has been received on the first lien loan;

 

    The bank holds a subordinate lien position in the loan which is 30 days or more past due with a combined loan to value ratio of greater than or equal to 110% and the first lien loan is seriously stressed (i.e., 90 days or more past due);

 

    The loan is modified or otherwise restructured in a manner that results in the loan becoming collateral dependent;

 

    Notification of bankruptcy has been received within the last 60 days;

 

    The borrower has been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and has not formally reaffirmed his or her loan obligation to us; or

 

    The collateral securing the loan has been repossessed and the value of the collateral is less than the recorded investment of the loan outstanding.

For loans that continue to meet any of the above policies, collateral values are updated annually and subsequent declines in collateral values are charged-off resulting in incremental provision for credit loss.

Most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, are charged off after 120-180 days past due.

Accounting for Nonperforming Assets and Leases and Other Nonaccrual Loans

For accrual loans, interest income is accrued on a monthly basis and certain fees and costs are deferred upon origination and recognized in income over the term of the loan utilizing an effective yield method. For nonaccrual loans, interest income accrual and deferred fee/cost recognition is discontinued. Additionally, the current year accrued and uncollected interest is reversed through Net interest income and prior year accrued and uncollected interest is charged-off. Nonaccrual loans may also be charged-off to reduce the basis to the fair value of collateral less costs to sell.

If payment is received on a nonaccrual loan, generally the payment is first applied to the recorded investment; payments are then applied to recover any charged-off amounts related to the loan. Finally, if both recorded investment and any charge-offs have been recovered, then the payment will be recorded as fee and interest income. For certain consumer loans, the receipt of interest payments is recognized as interest income on a cash basis. Cash basis income recognition is applied if a loan’s recorded investment is deemed fully collectible and the loan has performed for at least six months.

For TDRs, payments are applied based upon their contractual terms unless the related loan is deemed non-performing. TDRs are generally included in nonperforming and nonaccrual loans. However, after a reasonable period of time in which the loan performs under restructured terms and meets other performance indicators, it is returned to performing/accruing status. This return to performing/accruing status demonstrates that the bank expects to collect all of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. TDRs resulting from 1) borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us and 2) borrowers that are not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status.

Other nonaccrual loans are generally not returned to accrual status until the borrower has performed in accordance with the contractual terms and other performance indicators for at least six months, the period of time which was determined to demonstrate the expected collection of the loan’s remaining contractual principal and interest. When a nonperforming loan is returned to accrual status, it is then considered a performing loan.

See Note 3 Asset Quality and Note 4 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses in this Report for additional TDR information.

Foreclosed assets consist of any asset seized or property acquired through a foreclosure proceeding or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Other real estate owned comprises principally commercial and residential real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loan obligations. After obtaining a foreclosure judgment, or in some jurisdictions the initiation of proceedings under a power of sale in the loan instruments, the property will be sold. When we are awarded title or completion of deed-in-lieu of foreclosure, we transfer the loan to foreclosed assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is initially recorded at estimated fair value less cost to sell. Based upon the estimated fair value less cost to sell, the recorded investment of the loan is adjusted and, typically, a charge-off/recovery is recognized to the Allowance for Loan and

 

14


Lease Losses (ALLL). We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals, or sales agreements with third parties. Subsequently, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or estimated fair value less cost to sell. Valuation adjustments on these assets and gains or losses realized from disposition of such property are reflected in Other noninterest expense.

For certain mortgage loans that have a government guarantee, we establish a separate other receivable upon foreclosure. The receivable is measured based on the loan balance (inclusive of principal and interest) that is expected to be recovered from the guarantor.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

We maintain the ALLL at a level that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan and lease portfolios as of the balance sheet date. Our determination of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of these loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. This critical estimate includes significant use of our own historical data and complex methods to interpret this data. These evaluations are inherently subjective, as they require material estimates and may be susceptible to significant change, and include, among others:

 

    Probability of default (PD),

 

    Loss given default (LGD),

 

    Outstanding balance of the loan,

 

    Movement through delinquency stages,

 

    Amounts and timing of expected future cash flows,

 

    Value of collateral, which may be obtained from third parties, and

 

    Qualitative factors, such as changes in current economic conditions, that may not be reflected in modeled results.

For all loans, except purchased impaired loans, the ALLL is the sum of three components: (i) asset specific/individual impaired reserves, (ii) quantitative (formulaic or pooled) reserves and (iii) qualitative (judgmental) reserves.

The reserve calculation and determination process is dependent on the use of key assumptions. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower, and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.

See Note 4 Allowances for Loan and Lease Losses for additional detail on our ALLL.

Asset Specific/Individual Component

Nonperforming loans that are considered impaired under ASC 310 – Receivables, which include all commercial and consumer TDRs, are evaluated for a specific reserve. Specific reserve allocations are determined as follows:

 

    For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs greater than or equal to a defined dollar threshold, specific reserves are based on an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral.

 

    For commercial nonperforming loans and commercial TDRs below the defined dollar threshold, the individual loan’s loss given default (LGD) percentage is multiplied by the loan balance and the results are aggregated for purposes of measuring specific reserve impairment.

 

    Consumer nonperforming loans are collectively reserved for unless classified as consumer TDRs. For consumer TDRs, specific reserves are determined through an analysis of the present value of the loan’s expected future cash flows, except for those instances where loans have been deemed collateral dependent, including loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us. Once that determination has been made, those TDRs are charged down to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell at each period end.

Commercial Lending Quantitative Component

The estimates of the quantitative component of ALLL for incurred losses within the commercial lending portfolio segment are determined through statistical loss modeling utilizing PD, LGD and outstanding balance of the loan. Based upon loan risk ratings, we assign PDs and LGDs. Each of these statistical parameters is determined based on internal historical data and market data. PD is influenced by such factors as liquidity, industry, obligor financial structure, access to capital and cash flow. LGD is influenced by collateral type, original and/or updated loan-to-value ratio (LTV), facility structure and other factors.

Consumer Lending Quantitative Component

Quantitative estimates within the consumer lending portfolio segment are calculated primarily using a roll-rate model based on statistical relationships, calculated from historical data that estimate the movement of loan outstandings through the various stages of delinquency and ultimately charge-off over our loss emergence period.

 

15


Qualitative Component

While our reserve methodologies strive to reflect all relevant risk factors, there continues to be uncertainty associated with, but not limited to, potential imprecision in the estimation process due to the inherent time lag of obtaining information and normal variations between estimates and actual outcomes. We provide additional reserves that are designed to provide coverage for losses attributable to such risks. The ALLL also includes factors that may not be directly measured in the determination of specific or pooled reserves. Such qualitative factors may include:

 

    Industry concentrations and conditions,

 

    Recent credit quality trends,

 

    Recent loss experience in particular portfolios,

 

    Recent macro-economic factors,

 

    Model imprecision,

 

    Changes in lending policies and procedures,

 

    Timing of available information, including the performance of first lien positions, and

 

    Limitations of available historical data.

Allowance for Purchased Non-Impaired Loans

ALLL for purchased non-impaired loans is determined based upon a comparison between the methodologies described above and the remaining acquisition date fair value discount that has yet to be accreted into interest income. After making the comparison, an ALLL is recorded for the amount greater than the discount, or no ALLL is recorded if the discount is greater.

Allowance for Purchased Impaired Loans

ALLL for purchased impaired loans is determined in accordance with ASC 310-30 by comparing the net present value of management’s best estimate of cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loan (or pool of loans) to the recorded investment for a given loan (or pool of loans). In cases where the net present value of expected cash flows is lower than the recorded investment, ALLL is established.

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

We maintain the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at a level we believe is appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred on these unfunded credit facilities as of the balance sheet date. We determine the allowance based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities, including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors, and, solely for commercial lending, the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. Other than the estimation of the probability of funding, the reserve for unfunded loan commitments is estimated in a manner similar to the methodology used for determining reserves for funded exposures. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is recorded as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Net adjustments to the allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit are included in the provision for credit losses.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

We provide servicing under various loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential loans. These contracts are either purchased in the open market or retained as part of a loan securitization or loan sale. All newly acquired or originated servicing rights are initially measured at fair value. Fair value is based on the present value of the expected future net cash flows, including assumptions as to:

 

    Deposit balances and interest rates for escrow and commercial reserve earnings,

 

    Discount rates,

 

    Estimated prepayment speeds, and

 

    Estimated servicing costs.

We measure commercial and residential MSRs at fair value in order to reduce any potential measurement mismatch between our economic hedges and the MSRs. We manage the risk by hedging the fair value of the MSR with derivatives and securities which are expected to increase in value when the value of the servicing right declines. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are recognized as gains/(losses). The fair value of these servicing rights is estimated by using a cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of financial instruments and the methods and assumptions used in estimating fair value amounts and financial assets and liabilities for which fair value was elected are detailed in Note 6 Fair Value.

 

16


Goodwill

We assess goodwill for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the assets might be impaired.

Depreciation and Amortization

For financial reporting purposes, we depreciate premises and equipment, net of salvage value, principally using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives.

We use estimated useful lives for furniture and equipment ranging from one to 10 years, and depreciate buildings over an estimated useful life of up to 40 years. We amortize leasehold improvements over their estimated useful lives of up to 15 years or the respective lease terms, whichever is shorter.

We purchase, as well as internally develop and customize, certain software to enhance or perform internal business functions. Software development costs incurred in the planning and post-development project stages are charged to Noninterest expense. Costs associated with designing software configuration and interfaces, installation, coding programs and testing systems are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from one to 10 years.

Other Comprehensive Income

Other comprehensive income, on an after-tax basis, primarily consists of unrealized gains or losses, excluding OTTI attributable to credit deterioration, on investment securities classified as available for sale, unrealized gains or losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, and changes in pension and other postretirement benefit plan liability adjustments. Details of each component are included in Note 16 Other Comprehensive Income.

Treasury Stock

We record common stock purchased for treasury at cost. At the date of subsequent reissue, the treasury stock account is reduced by the cost of such stock on the first-in, first-out basis.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We use a variety of financial derivatives as part of our overall asset and liability risk management process to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk inherent in our business activities. Interest rate and total return swaps, swaptions, interest rate caps and floors, options, forwards, and futures contracts are the primary instruments we use for interest rate risk management.

Financial derivatives involve, to varying degrees, interest rate, market and credit risk. We manage these risks as part of our asset and liability management process and through credit policies and procedures.

We recognize all derivative instruments at fair value as either Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and the related cash flows in the Operating Activities section of the Consolidated Statement Of Cash Flows. Adjustments for counterparty credit risk are included in the determination of fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a cash flow or net investment hedging relationship. For all other derivatives, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings.

We utilize a net presentation for derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheet taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash collateral exchanged with counterparties is also netted against the applicable derivative exposures by offsetting obligations to return, or general rights to reclaim, cash collateral against the fair values of the net derivatives being collateralized.

For those derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as accounting hedges, we designate the hedging instrument, based on the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of the net investment in a foreign operation.

We formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as the risk management objective and strategy, before undertaking an accounting hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated as a hedge at inception of the hedge relationship. For accounting hedge relationships, we formally assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, if the derivatives are highly effective in offsetting designated changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that the derivative instrument is not highly effective, hedge accounting is discontinued.

 

17


For derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset or a liability attributable to a particular risk, such as changes in LIBOR), changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in earnings and offset by also recognizing in earnings the changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. To the extent the change in fair value of the derivative does not offset the change in fair value of the hedged item, the difference or ineffectiveness is reflected in the Consolidated Income Statement in the same financial statement category as the hedged item.

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows), the effective portions of the gain or loss on derivatives are reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified to income in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The change in fair value attributable to the ineffective portion of the hedging instrument is recognized immediately in Interest income.

For derivatives designated as a hedge of net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivatives are reported as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The change in fair value attributable to the ineffective portion of the hedging instrument is recognized immediately in Noninterest income.

We discontinue hedge accounting when it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective hedge; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or the derivative is de-designated as a fair value or cash flow hedge or, for a cash flow hedge, it is no longer probable that the forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period. If we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value. For a discontinued cash flow hedge the amount reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) up to the date of sale, termination or de-designation continues to be reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

For a cash flow hedge that is discontinued because it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the gains and losses in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) will be recognized immediately into earnings. We did not terminate any cash flow hedges in 2016, 2015 or 2014 due to a determination that a forecasted transaction was no longer probable of occurring.

We purchase or originate financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative. At the inception of the transaction, we assess if the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, whether the hybrid financial instrument is measured at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings, and whether a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would be a derivative. If the embedded derivative does not meet all of these conditions, the embedded derivative is recorded separately from the host contract with changes in fair value recorded in earnings, unless we elect to account for the hybrid instrument at fair value.

We have elected, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, fair value measurement for certain financial instruments with embedded derivatives.

We enter into commitments to originate residential and commercial mortgage loans for sale. We also enter into commitments to purchase or sell commercial and residential real estate loans. These commitments are accounted for as free-standing derivatives which are recorded at fair value in Other assets or Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Any gain or loss from the change in fair value after the inception of the commitment is recognized in Noninterest income.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that we expect will apply at the time when we believe the differences will reverse. The recognition of deferred tax assets requires an assessment to determine the realization of such assets. Realization refers to the incremental benefit achieved through the reduction in future taxes payable or refunds receivable from the deferred tax assets, assuming that the underlying deductible differences and carryforwards are the last items to enter into the determination of future taxable income. We establish a valuation allowance for tax assets when it is more likely than not that they will not be realized, based upon all available positive and negative evidence.

We use the deferral method of accounting on investments that generate investment tax credits. Under this method, the investment tax credits are recognized as a reduction to the related asset.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is calculated using the two-class method to determine income attributable to common shareholders. Unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are considered

 

18


participating securities under the two-class method. Distributed dividends and dividend equivalents related to participating securities and an allocation of undistributed net income to participating securities reduce the amount of income attributable to common shareholders. Income attributable to common shareholders is then divided by the weighted-average common shares outstanding for the period.

Diluted earnings per common share is calculated under the more dilutive of either the treasury method or the two-class method. For the diluted calculation, we increase the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding by the assumed conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock from the beginning of the year or date of issuance, if later, and the number of shares of common stock that would be issued assuming the exercise of stock options and warrants and the issuance of incentive shares using the treasury stock method. These adjustments to the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding are made only when such adjustments will dilute earnings per common share. See Note 14 Earnings Per Share for additional information.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This ASU simplifies the accounting for several aspects of share-based payment transactions, including income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The changes which impacted us included a requirement that all excess tax benefits and deficiencies that pertain to share-based payment arrangements be recognized within income tax expense line instead of Capital surplus – common stock and other. This change also removes the impact of the excess tax benefits and deficiencies from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. We are required to apply these changes on a prospective basis. Additionally, the ASU no longer requires a presentation of excess tax benefits and deficiencies related to the vesting and exercise of share-based compensation as both an operating outflow and financing inflow on the statement of cash flows. This change was applied on a retrospective basis. We elected to early adopt this standard as of January 1, 2016. Adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. All legal entities are subject to evaluation under this ASU, including investment companies and certain other entities measured in a manner consistent with ASC 946 Financial Services – Investment Companies which were previously excluded. The ASU changes the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities. Specifically, the ASU modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities (VOEs); eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership; potentially changes the consolidation conclusions of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, in particular those that have fee arrangements and related party arrangements; and provides a scope exception for reporting entities with interests held in certain money market funds. We adopted this standard as of January 1, 2016 under a modified retrospective approach. The impact of adoption resulted in a decrease of $.4 billion in consolidated total assets at January 1, 2016. In addition the adoption impacted the classification of certain limited partnerships and legal entities as either VIEs or VOEs. See Note 2 Loan Sale and Servicing Activities and Variable Interest Entities for further disclosure on adoption of the standard.

NOTE 2 LOAN SALE AND SERVICING ACTIVITIES AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

We have transferred residential and commercial mortgage loans in securitization or sales transactions in which we have continuing involvement. These transfers have occurred through Agency securitization, Non-agency securitization, and loan sale transactions. Agency securitizations consist of securitization transactions with Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) (collectively the Agencies). FNMA and FHLMC generally securitize our transferred loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market through special purpose entities (SPEs) that they sponsor. We, as an authorized GNMA issuer/servicer, pool Federal Housing Administration (FHA) and Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) insured loans into mortgage-backed securities for sale into the secondary market. In Non-agency securitizations, we have transferred loans into securitization SPEs. In other instances, third-party investors have also purchased our loans in loan sale transactions and in certain instances have subsequently sold these loans into securitization SPEs. Securitization SPEs utilized in the Agency and Non-agency securitization transactions are variable interest entities (VIEs).

Our continuing involvement in the FNMA, FHLMC, and GNMA securitizations, Non-agency securitizations, and loan sale transactions generally consists of servicing, repurchasing previously transferred loans under certain conditions and loss share arrangements, and, in limited circumstances, holding of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs.

 

19


Depending on the transaction, we may act as the master, primary, and/or special servicer to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors. Servicing responsibilities typically consist of collecting and remitting monthly borrower principal and interest payments,

maintaining escrow deposits, performing loss mitigation and foreclosure activities, and, in certain instances, funding of servicing advances. Servicing advances, which are reimbursable, are made for principal and interest and collateral protection and are carried in Other assets at cost.

We earn servicing and other ancillary fees for our role as servicer and, depending on the contractual terms of the servicing arrangement, we can be terminated as servicer with or without cause. At the consummation date of each type of loan transfer where we retain the servicing, we recognize a servicing right at fair value. See Note 6 Fair Value and Note 7 Goodwill and Mortgage Servicing Rights for further discussion of our servicing rights.

Certain loans transferred to the Agencies contain removal of account provisions (ROAPs). Under these ROAPs, we hold an option to repurchase at par individual delinquent loans that meet certain criteria. In other limited cases, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) has granted us the right to repurchase current loans when we intend to modify the borrower’s interest rate under established guidelines. When we have the unilateral ability to repurchase a loan, effective control over the loan has been regained and we recognize an asset (in either Loans or Loans held for sale) and a corresponding liability (in Other borrowed funds) on the balance sheet regardless of our intent to repurchase the loan.

The Agency and Non-agency mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPEs that are purchased and held on our balance sheet are typically purchased in the secondary market. We do not retain any credit risk on our Agency mortgage-backed security positions as FNMA, FHLMC, and the U.S. Government (for GNMA) guarantee losses of principal and interest.

We also have involvement with certain Agency and Non-agency commercial securitization SPEs where we have not transferred commercial mortgage loans. These SPEs were sponsored by independent third-parties and the loans held by these entities were purchased exclusively from other third-parties. Generally, our involvement with these SPEs is as servicer with servicing activities consistent with those described above.

We recognize a liability for our loss exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to possible breaches of representations and warranties and also for loss sharing arrangements (recourse obligations) with the Agencies. Other than providing temporary liquidity under servicing advances and our loss exposure associated with our repurchase and recourse obligations, we have not provided nor are we required to provide any type of credit support, guarantees, or commitments to the securitization SPEs or third-party investors in these transactions.

 

20


The following table provides cash flows associated with our loan sale and servicing activities:

Table 34: Cash Flows Associated with Loan Sale and Servicing Activities

 

In millions

   Residential
Mortgages
     Commercial
Mortgages (a)
 

CASH FLOWS—Year ended December 31, 2016

     

Sales of loans (b)

   $ 6,913      $ 3,810  

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (c)

     534     

Servicing fees (d)

     374        125  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     109        (14

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (e)

     1,727        283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS—Year ended December 31, 2015

     

Sales of loans (b)

   $ 8,121      $ 4,398  

Repurchases of previously transferred loans (c)

     580     

Servicing fees (d)

     339        120  

Servicing advances recovered/(funded), net

     90        48  

Cash flows on mortgage-backed securities held (e)

     1,458        184  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents cash flow information associated with both commercial mortgage loan transfer and servicing activities.
(b) Gains/losses recognized on sales of loans were insignificant.
(c) Includes residential mortgage government insured or guaranteed loans eligible for repurchase through the exercise of our ROAP option, and loans repurchased due to alleged breaches of origination covenants or representations and warranties made to purchasers.
(d) Includes contractually specified servicing fees, late charges and ancillary fees.
(e) Represents cash flows on securities we hold issued by a securitization SPE in which we transferred to and/or services loans. The carrying values of such securities held were $6.9 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $.9 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2016 and $6.6 billion in residential mortgage-backed securities and $1.3 billion in commercial mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2015.

Table 35 presents information about the principal balances of transferred loans that we service and are not recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. We would only experience a loss on these transferred loans if we were required to repurchase a loan due to a breach in representations and warranties or a loss sharing arrangement associated with our continuing involvement with these loans. The estimate of losses related to breaches in representations and warranties was insignificant at December 31, 2016.

Table 35: Principal Balance, Delinquent Loans, and Net Charge-offs Related to Serviced Loans For Others

 

In millions

   Residential
Mortgages
     Commercial
Mortgages (a)
 

December 31, 2016

     

Total principal balance

   $ 66,081      $ 45,855  

Delinquent loans (b)

   $ 1,422      $ 941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

     

Total principal balance

   $ 72,898      $ 53,789  

Delinquent loans (b)

   $ 1,923      $ 1,057  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

     

Net charge-offs (c)

   $ 97      $ 1,439  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2015

     

Net charge-offs (c)

   $ 117      $ 595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents information at the securitization level in which we have sold loans and we are the servicer for the securitization.
(b) Serviced delinquent loans are 90 days or more past due or are in process of foreclosure.
(c) Net charge-offs for Residential mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported to investors during the period. Net charge-offs for Commercial mortgages represent credit losses less recoveries distributed and as reported by the trustee for commercial mortgage backed securitizations. Realized losses for Agency securitizations are not reflected as we do not manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to loss information.

 

21


Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)

We are involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are deemed to be VIEs. We assess VIEs for consolidation based upon the accounting policies described in Note 1 Accounting Policies. In the first quarter of 2016, we adopted ASU 2015-02 which modified the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities (VOEs). We have not provided additional financial support to these entities which we are not contractually required to provide. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2015-02, our consolidated VIEs were insignificant at December 31, 2016. Total assets of consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2015 were $1.9 billion which mainly comprised $1.3 billion of loans and $.4 billion of other assets. At December 31, 2015, total liabilities of consolidated VIEs were $.4 billion.

The following table provides a summary of non-consolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement but are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our continuing involvement to be significant when it relates to a VIE where we only invest in securities issued by the VIE and were not involved in the design of the VIE or where no transfers have occurred between us and the VIE. We have excluded certain transactions with non-consolidated VIEs from the balances presented in Table 36 where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant. In addition, where we only have lending arrangements in the normal course of business with entities that could be VIEs, we have excluded these transactions with non-consolidated entities from the balances presented in Table 36. These loans are included as part of the asset quality disclosures that we make in Note 3 Asset Quality.

Table 36: Non-Consolidated VIEs

 

In millions

   PNC Risk of
Loss (a)
     Carrying Value of
Assets Owned by
PNC
    Carrying Value of
Liabilities Owned
by PNC
 

December 31, 2016 (b)

       

Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (c)

   $ 8,003      $ 8,003(d)    

Tax Credit Investments and Other

     3,083        3,043(e)     $ 823(f)  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,086      $ 11,046     $ 823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

       

Mortgage-Backed Securitizations (c)

   $ 8,178      $ 8,178 (d)    $ 2  

Tax Credit Investments and Other

     2,551        2,622 (e)      836 (f) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,729      $ 10,800     $ 838  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) This represents loans, investments and other assets related to non-consolidated VIEs, net of collateral (if applicable).
(b) Amounts for December 31, 2016 reflect the first quarter 2016 adoption of ASU 2015-02.
(c) Amounts reflect involvement with securitization SPEs where we transferred to and/or services loans for an SPE and we hold securities issued by that SPE. Values disclosed in the PNC Risk of Loss column represent our maximum exposure to loss for those securities’ holdings.
(d) Included in Trading securities, Investment securities, Other intangible assets and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(e) Included in Loans, Equity investments and Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(f) Included in Deposits and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Mortgage-Backed Securitizations

In connection with each Agency and Non-agency residential and commercial mortgage-backed securitization discussed above, we evaluate each SPE utilized in these transactions for consolidation. In performing these assessments, we evaluate our level of continuing involvement in these transactions as the nature of our involvement ultimately determines whether or not we hold a variable interest and/or are the primary beneficiary of the SPE. Factors we consider in our consolidation assessment include the significance of (i) our role as servicer, (ii) our holdings of mortgage-backed securities issued by the securitization SPE, and (iii) the rights of third-party variable interest holders.

The first step in our assessment is to determine whether we hold a variable interest in the securitization SPE. We hold variable interests in Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs through our holding of residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities issued by the SPEs and/or our recourse obligations. Each SPE in which we hold a variable interest is evaluated to determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of the entity. For Agency securitization transactions, our contractual role as servicer does not give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPEs. Thus, we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. For Non-agency securitization transactions, we would be the primary beneficiary to the extent our servicing activities give us the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the SPE and we hold a more than insignificant variable interest in the entity.

Details about the Agency and Non-agency securitization SPEs where we hold a variable interest and are not the primary beneficiary are included in Table 36. Our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement with these SPEs is the carrying value of the

mortgage-backed securities, servicing assets, servicing advances, and our liabilities associated with our recourse obligations. Creditors of the securitization SPEs have no recourse to our assets or general credit.

 

22


Tax Credit Investments and Other

For tax credit investments in which we do not have the right to make decisions that will most significantly impact the economic performance of the entity, we are not the primary beneficiary and thus do not consolidate the entity. These investments are disclosed in Table 36. The table also reflects our maximum exposure to loss exclusive of any potential tax credit recapture. Our maximum exposure to loss is equal to our legally binding equity commitments adjusted for recorded impairment, partnership results, or amortization for qualifying low income housing tax credit investments when applicable. For all legally binding unfunded equity commitments, we increase our recognized investment and recognize a liability. As of December 31, 2016, we had a liability for unfunded commitments of $.5 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects which is reflected in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Table 36 also includes our involvement in lease financing transactions with limited liability companies (LLCs) engaged in solar power generation that to a large extent provided returns in the form of tax credits. The outstanding financings and operating lease assets are reflected as Loans and Other assets, respectively, on our Consolidated Balance Sheet, whereas related liabilities are reported in Deposits and Other liabilities.

We make certain equity investments in various tax credit limited partnerships or LLCs. The purpose of these investments is to achieve a satisfactory return on capital and to assist us in achieving goals associated with the Community Reinvestment Act. During 2016, we recognized $.2 billion of amortization, $.2 billion of tax credits, and $.1 billion of other tax benefits associated with qualified investments in low income housing tax credits within Income taxes. The amounts for 2015 were $.2 billion, $.2 billion and $.1 billion, respectively.

NOTE 3 ASSET QUALITY

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency rates may be a key indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within the loan portfolios. The measurement of delinquency status is based on the contractual terms of each loan. Loans that are 30 days or more past due in terms of payment are considered delinquent. Loan delinquencies exclude loans held for sale, purchased impaired loans, nonperforming loans and loans accounted for under the fair value option which are on nonaccrual status, but include government insured or guaranteed loans and accruing loans accounted for under the fair value option.

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and leases, OREO, foreclosed and other assets. Nonperforming loans are those loans accounted for at amortized cost whose credit quality has deteriorated to the extent that full collection of contractual principal and interest is not probable. Interest income is not recognized on these loans. Loans accounted for under the fair value option are reported as performing loans as these loans are accounted for at fair value. However, when nonaccrual criteria is met, interest income is not recognized on these loans. Additionally, certain government insured or guaranteed loans for which we expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are not reported as nonperforming loans and continue to accrue interest. Purchased impaired loans are excluded from nonperforming loans as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans.

See Note 1 Accounting Policies for additional information on our loan related policies.

The following tables display the delinquency status of our loans and our nonperforming assets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

23


Table 37: Analysis of Loan Portfolio (a)  
    Accruing                    

Dollars in millions

  Current or
Less Than 30
Days Past
Due
    30-59
Days
Past Due
    60-89
Days
Past Due
    90 Days
Or More
Past Due
    Total
Past
Due (b)
    Nonperforming
Loans
    Fair Value Option
Nonaccrual
Loans (c)
    Purchased
Impaired
Loans
    Total
Loans (d)
 

December 31, 2016

                 

Commercial Lending

                 

Commercial

  $ 100,710     $ 81     $ 20     $ 39     $ 140     $ 496       $ 18     $ 101,364  

Commercial real estate

    28,769       5       2         7       143         91       29,010  

Equipment lease financing

    7,535       29       1         30       16           7,581  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    137,014       115       23       39       177       655         109       137,955  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending

                 

Home equity

    27,820       64       30         94       914         1,121       29,949  

Residential real estate

    12,425       159       68       500       727 (b)      501     $ 219       1,726       15,598  

Credit card

    5,187       33       21       37       91       4           5,282  

Other consumer

                 

Automobile

    12,257       51       12       5       68       55           12,380  

Education and other

    9,235       140       78       201       419 (b)      15           9,669  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer lending

    66,924       447       209       743       1,399       1,489       219       2,847       72,878  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 203,938     $ 562     $ 232     $ 782     $ 1,576     $ 2,144     $ 219     $ 2,956     $ 210,833  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total loans

    96.73     .27     .11     .37     .75     1.02     .10     1.40     100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

                 

Commercial Lending

                 

Commercial

  $ 98,075     $ 69     $ 32     $ 45     $ 146     $ 351       $ 36     $ 98,608  

Commercial real estate

    27,134       10       4         14       187         133       27,468  

Equipment lease financing

    7,440       19       2         21       7           7,468  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    132,649       98       38       45       181       545         169       133,544  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Lending

                 

Home equity

    29,656       63       30         93       977         1,407       32,133  

Residential real estate

    10,918       142       65       566       773 (b)      549     $ 225       1,946       14,411  

Credit card

    4,779       28       19       33       80       3           4,862  

Other consumer

                 

Automobile

    11,067       41       10       4       55       35           11,157  

Education and other

    10,114       139       86       233       458 (b)      17           10,589  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer lending

    66,534       413       210       836       1,459       1,581       225       3,353       73,152  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 199,183     $ 511     $ 248     $ 881     $ 1,640     $ 2,126     $ 225     $ 3,522     $ 206,696  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total loans

    96.36     .25     .12     .43     .80     1.03     .11     1.70     100.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts in table represent recorded investment and exclude loans held for sale. Recorded investment in a loan includes the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest and net accounting adjustments, less any charge-offs. Recorded investment does not include any associated valuation allowance.
(b) Past due loan amounts exclude purchased impaired loans, even if contractually past due (or if we do not expect to receive payment in full based on the original contractual terms), as we are currently accreting interest income over the expected life of the loans. Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed Residential real estate mortgages totaling $.6 billion and Education and other consumer loans totaling $.4 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(c) Consumer loans accounted for under the fair value option for which we do not expect to collect substantially all principal and interest are subject to nonaccrual accounting and classification upon meeting any of our nonaccrual policies. Given that these loans are not accounted for at amortized cost, these loans have been excluded from the nonperforming loan population.
(d) Net of unearned income, net deferred loan fees, unamortized discounts and premiums, and purchase discounts and premiums totaling $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

In the normal course of business, we originate or purchase loan products with contractual characteristics that, when concentrated, may increase our exposure as a holder of those loan products. Possible product features that may create a concentration of credit risk would include a high original or updated LTV ratio, terms that may expose the borrower to future increases in repayments above increases in market interest rates, and interest-only loans, among others.

We originate interest-only loans to commercial borrowers. Such credit arrangements are usually designed to match borrower cash flow expectations (e.g., working capital lines, revolvers). These products are standard in the financial services industry and product features are considered during the underwriting process to mitigate the increased risk that the interest-only feature may result in borrowers not being able to make interest and principal payments when due. We do not believe that these product features create a concentration of credit risk.

 

24


At December 31, 2016, we pledged $22.0 billion of commercial loans to the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) and $60.8 billion of residential real estate and other loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) as collateral for the contingent ability to borrow, if necessary. The comparable amounts at December 31, 2015 were $20.2 billion and $56.4 billion, respectively.

Table 38: Nonperforming Assets

 

Dollars in millions

   December 31
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Nonperforming loans

    

Total commercial lending

   $ 655     $ 545  

Total consumer lending (a)

     1,489       1,581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans (b)

     2,144       2,126  

OREO, foreclosed and other assets

     230       299  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 2,374     $ 2,425  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.02     1.03 

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO, foreclosed and other assets

     1.12     1.17 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     .65     .68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on nonperforming loans

    

Computed on original terms

   $ 111     $ 115  

Recognized prior to nonperforming status

   $ 21     $ 22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) The recorded investment of loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in process of foreclosure was $.4 billion and $.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, which included $.2 billion and $.3 billion, respectively, of loans that are government insured/guaranteed.

Nonperforming loans also include certain loans whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulties. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, these loans are considered TDRs. See Note 1 Accounting Policies and the TDR section within this Note.

Total nonperforming loans in Table 38 include TDRs of $1.1 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. TDRs that are performing, including consumer credit card TDR loans, totaled $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.2 billion at December 31, 2015, and are excluded from nonperforming loans. Nonperforming TDRs are returned to accrual status and classified as performing after demonstrating a period of at least six months of consecutive performance under the restructured terms. Loans where borrowers have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us and loans to borrowers not currently obligated to make both principal and interest payments under the restructured terms are not returned to accrual status. See the TDRs section of this Note 3 for more information on TDRs.

Additional Asset Quality Indicators

We have two overall portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending. Each of these two segments comprises multiple loan classes. Classes are characterized by similarities in initial measurement, risk attributes and the manner in which we monitor and assess credit risk. The Commercial Lending segment is composed of the commercial, commercial real estate and equipment lease financing loan classes. The Consumer Lending segment is composed of the home equity, residential real estate, credit card and other consumer loan classes.

Commercial Lending Asset Classes

Commercial Loan Class

For commercial loans, we monitor the performance of the borrower in a disciplined and regular manner based upon the level of credit risk inherent in the loan. To evaluate the level of credit risk, we assign an internal risk rating reflecting the borrower’s PD and LGD. This two-dimensional credit risk rating methodology provides granularity in the risk monitoring process on an ongoing basis. These ratings are reviewed and updated, generally at least once per year. Additionally, no less frequently than on an annual basis, we review PD rates related to each rating grade based upon internal historical data. These rates are updated as needed and augmented by market data as deemed necessary. For small balance homogeneous pools of commercial loans, mortgages and leases, we apply statistical modeling to assist in determining the probability of default within these pools. Further, on a periodic basis, we update our LGD estimates associated with each rating grade based upon historical data. The combination of the PD and LGD ratings assigned to commercial loans, capturing both the combination of expectations of default and loss severity in event of default, reflects the relative estimated likelihood of loss at the reporting date. In general, loans with better PD and LGD tend to have a lower likelihood of loss compared to loans with worse PD and LGD. The loss amount also considers an estimate of exposure at date of default, which we also periodically update based upon historical data.

 

25


Based upon the amount of the lending arrangement and our risk rating assessment, we follow a formal schedule of written periodic review. Quarterly, we conduct formal reviews of a market’s or business unit’s entire loan portfolio, focusing on those loans which we perceive to be of higher risk, based upon PDs and LGDs, or loans for which credit quality is weakening. If circumstances warrant, it is our practice to review any customer obligation and its level of credit risk more frequently. We attempt to proactively manage our loans by using various procedures that are customized to the risk of a given loan, including ongoing outreach, contact, and assessment of obligor financial conditions, collateral inspection and appraisal.

Commercial Real Estate Loan Class

We manage credit risk associated with our commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD. Additionally, risks connected with commercial real estate projects and commercial mortgage activities tend to be correlated to the loan structure and collateral location, project progress and business environment. As a result, these attributes are also monitored and utilized in assessing credit risk.

As with the commercial class, a formal schedule of periodic review is also performed to assess market/geographic risk and business unit/industry risk. Often as a result of these overviews, more in-depth reviews and increased scrutiny are placed on areas of higher risk, including adverse changes in risk ratings, deteriorating operating trends, and/or areas that concern management. These reviews are designed to assess risk and take actions to mitigate our exposure to such risks.

Equipment Lease Financing Loan Class

We manage credit risk associated with our equipment lease financing loan class similar to commercial loans by analyzing PD and LGD.

Based upon the dollar amount of the lease and the level of credit risk, we follow a formal schedule of periodic review. Generally, this occurs quarterly, although we have established practices to review such credit risk more frequently if circumstances warrant. Our review process entails analysis of the following factors: equipment value/residual value, exposure levels, jurisdiction risk, industry risk, guarantor requirements, and regulatory compliance.

Table 39: Commercial Lending Asset Quality Indicators (a)

 

     Criticized Commercial Loans  

In millions

   Pass Rated      Special
Mention (b)
     Substandard (c)      Doubtful (d)      Total
Loans
 

December 31, 2016

              

Commercial

   $ 96,231      $ 1,612      $ 3,449      $ 72      $ 101,364  

Commercial real estate

     28,561        98        327        24        29,010  

Equipment lease financing

     7,395        89        91        6        7,581  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

   $ 132,187      $ 1,799      $ 3,867      $ 102      $ 137,955  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

              

Commercial

   $ 93,364      $ 2,029      $ 3,124      $ 91      $ 98,608  

Commercial real estate

     26,729        126        603        10        27,468  

Equipment lease financing

     7,230        87        150        1        7,468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

   $ 127,323      $ 2,242      $ 3,877      $ 102      $ 133,544  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Loans are classified as “Pass”, “Special Mention”, “Substandard” and “Doubtful” based on the Regulatory Classification definitions. We use PDs and LGDs to rate commercial loans and apply a split rating classification to certain loans meeting threshold criteria. By assigning a split classification, a loan’s exposure amount may be split into more than one classification category in this table.
(b) Special Mention rated loans have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects at some future date. These loans do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant a more adverse classification at the reporting date.
(c) Substandard rated loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the collection or liquidation of debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
(d) Doubtful rated loans possess all the inherent weaknesses of a Substandard loan with the additional characteristics that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full improbable due to existing facts, conditions, and values.

Consumer Lending Asset Classes

Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loan Classes

We use several credit quality indicators, including delinquency information, nonperforming loan information, updated credit scores, originated and updated loan-to-value (LTV) ratios, and geography, to monitor and manage credit risk within the home equity and residential real estate loan classes. We evaluate mortgage loan performance by source originators and loan servicers. A summary of asset quality indicators follows:

Delinquency/Delinquency Rates: We monitor trending of delinquency/delinquency rates for home equity and residential real estate loans. See Table 37 for additional information.

 

26


Nonperforming Loans: We monitor trending of nonperforming loans for home equity and residential real estate loans. See Table 37 for additional information.

Credit Scores: We use a national third-party provider to update FICO credit scores for home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans at least quarterly. The updated scores are incorporated into a series of credit management reports, which are utilized to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

LTV (inclusive of combined loan-to-value (CLTV) for first and subordinate lien positions): At least annually, we update the property values of real estate collateral and calculate an updated LTV ratio. For open-end credit lines secured by real estate in regions experiencing significant declines in property values, more frequent valuations may occur. We examine LTV migration and stratify LTV into categories to monitor the risk in the loan classes.

Historically, we used, and we continue to use, a combination of original LTV and updated LTV for internal risk management and reporting purposes (e.g., line management, loss mitigation strategies). In addition to the fact that estimated property values by their nature are estimates, given certain data limitations it is important to note that updated LTVs may be based upon management’s assumptions (e.g., if an updated LTV is not provided by the third-party service provider, home price index (HPI) changes will be incorporated in arriving at management’s estimate of updated LTV).

Updated LTV is estimated using modeled property values. The related estimates and inputs are based upon an approach that uses a combination of third-party automated valuation models (AVMs), broker price opinions (BPOs), HPI indices, property location, internal and external balance information, origination data and management assumptions. We generally utilize origination lien balances provided by a third-party, where applicable, which do not include an amortization assumption when calculating updated LTV. Accordingly, the results of the calculations do not represent actual appraised loan level collateral or updated LTV based upon lien balances held by others, and as such, are necessarily imprecise and subject to change as we enhance our methodology.

Geography: Geographic concentrations are monitored to evaluate and manage exposures. Loan purchase programs are sensitive to, and focused within, certain regions to manage geographic exposures and associated risks.

A combination of updated FICO scores, originated and updated LTV ratios and geographic location assigned to home equity loans and lines of credit and residential real estate loans is used to monitor the risk in the loan classes. Loans with higher FICO scores and lower LTVs tend to have a lower level of risk. Conversely, loans with lower FICO scores, higher LTVs, and in certain geographic locations tend to have a higher level of risk.

The following table presents asset quality indicators for home equity and residential real estate balances, excluding consumer purchased impaired loans of $2.8 billion and $3.4 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and government insured or guaranteed residential real estate mortgages of $.8 billion and $.9 billion at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

27


Table 40: Asset Quality Indicators for Home Equity and Residential Real Estate Loans – Excluding Purchased Impaired and Government Insured or Guaranteed Loans (a)

 

     Home Equity      Residential Real Estate         

December 31, 2016 - in millions

   1st Liens      2nd Liens             Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios

           

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

   $ 161      $ 629      $ 174      $ 964  

Less than or equal to 660 (b)

     32        110        35        177  

Missing FICO

     1        9        2        12  

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     394        1,190        345        1,929  

Less than or equal to 660 (b)

     66        211        76        353  

Missing FICO

     3        10        7        20  

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     453        1,100        463        2,016  

Less than or equal to 660

     77        171        78        326  

Missing FICO

     1        8        6        15  

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     14,047        7,913        11,153        33,113  

Less than or equal to 660

     1,323        822        586        2,731  

Missing FICO

     42        55        102        199  

Missing LTV and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

           1        1  

Less than or equal to 660

           

Missing FICO

           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 16,600      $ 12,228      $ 13,028      $ 41,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

28


     Home Equity      Residential Real Estate         

December 31, 2015 - in millions

   1st Liens      2nd Liens             Total  

Current estimated LTV ratios

           

Greater than or equal to 125% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

   $ 283      $ 960      $ 284      $ 1,527  

Less than or equal to 660 (b)

     40        189        68        297  

Missing FICO

     1        8        5        14  

Greater than or equal to 100% to less than 125% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     646        1,733        564        2,943  

Less than or equal to 660 (b)

     92        302        102        496  

Missing FICO

     3        4        8        15  

Greater than or equal to 90% to less than 100% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     698        1,492        615        2,805  

Less than or equal to 660

     88        226        94        408  

Missing FICO

     1        3        10        14  

Less than 90% and updated FICO scores:

           

Greater than 660

     13,895        7,808        9,117        30,820  

Less than or equal to 660

     1,282        923        570        2,775  

Missing FICO

     31        18        105        154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home equity and residential real estate loans

   $ 17,060      $ 13,666      $ 11,542      $ 42,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Amounts shown represent recorded investment.
(b) Higher risk loans are defined as loans with both an updated FICO score of less than or equal to 660 and an updated LTV greater than or equal to 100%.The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at December 31, 2016: New Jersey 16%, Pennsylvania 14%, Illinois 12%, Ohio 10%, Florida 7%, Maryland 6%, Michigan 4%, and North Carolina 4%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the higher risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 27% of the higher risk loans. The following states had the highest percentage of higher risk loans at December 31, 2015: New Jersey 14%, Pennsylvania 12%, Illinois 11%, Ohio 11%, Florida 7%, Maryland 7% and Michigan 5%. The remainder of the states had lower than 4% of the high risk loans individually, and collectively they represent approximately 33% of the higher risk loans.

 

29


Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes

We monitor a variety of asset quality information in the management of the credit card and other consumer loan classes. Other consumer loan classes include education, automobile, and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. Along with the trending of delinquencies and losses for each class, FICO credit score updates are generally obtained monthly, as well as a variety of credit bureau attributes. Loans with high FICO scores tend to have a lower likelihood of loss. Conversely, loans with low FICO scores tend to have a higher likelihood of loss.

Table 41: Credit Card and Other Consumer Loan Classes Asset Quality Indicators

 

     Credit Card     Other Consumer (a)  

Dollars in millions

   Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
    Amount      % of Total Loans
Using FICO
Credit Metric
 

December 31, 2016

          

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 3,244        61   $ 10,247        65

650 to 719

     1,466        28       3,873        25  

620 to 649

     215        4       552        3  

Less than 620

     229        4       632        4  

No FICO score available or required (b)

     128        3       489        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     5,282        100     15,793        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (a)

          6,256     
       

 

 

    

Total loan balance

   $ 5,282        $ 22,049     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Weighted-average updated FICO score (b)

        736          744  
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

          

FICO score greater than 719

   $ 2,936        60   $ 9,371        65

650 to 719

     1,346        28       3,534        24  

620 to 649

     202        4       523        4  

Less than 620

     227        5       604        4  

No FICO score available or required (b)

     151        3       501        3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans using FICO credit metric

     4,862        100     14,533        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer loans using other internal credit metrics (a)

          7,213     
       

 

 

    

Total loan balance

   $ 4,862        $ 21,746     
  

 

 

      

 

 

    

Weighted-average updated FICO score (b)

        734          744  
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(a) We use updated FICO scores as an asset quality indicator for non-government guaranteed or insured education loans, automobile loans and other secured and unsecured lines and loans. We use internal credit metrics, such as delinquency status, geography or other factors, as an asset quality indicator for government guaranteed or insured education loans and consumer loans to high net worth individuals, as internal credit metrics are more relevant than FICO scores for these types of loans.
(b) Credit card loans and other consumer loans with no FICO score available or required generally refers to new accounts issued to borrowers with limited credit history, accounts for which we cannot obtain an updated FICO score (e.g., recent profile changes), cards issued with a business name, and/or cards secured by collateral. Management proactively assesses the risk and size of this loan portfolio and, when necessary, takes actions to mitigate the credit risk. Weighted-average updated FICO score excludes accounts with no FICO score available or required.

 

30


Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

A TDR is a loan whose terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. TDRs result from our loss mitigation activities, and include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization, and extensions, which are intended to minimize economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. Additionally, TDRs also result from borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the amount of such principal forgiveness is immediately charged off.

Some TDRs may not ultimately result in the full collection of principal and interest, as restructured, and result in potential incremental losses. These potential incremental losses have been factored into our overall ALLL estimate. The level of any subsequent defaults will likely be affected by future economic conditions. Once a loan becomes a TDR, it will continue to be reported as a TDR until it is ultimately repaid in full, the collateral is foreclosed upon, or it is fully charged off. We held specific reserves in the ALLL of $.3 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, for the total TDR portfolio.

Table 42 quantifies the number of loans that were classified as TDRs as well as the change in the loans’ recorded investment as a result of becoming a TDR during the years 2016, 2015 and 2014. Additionally, the table provides information about the types of TDR concessions. The Principal Forgiveness TDR category includes principal forgiveness and accrued interest forgiveness. The Rate Reduction TDR category includes reduced interest rate and interest deferral. The Other TDR category primarily includes consumer borrowers that have been discharged from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy and have not formally reaffirmed their loan obligations to us, as well as postponement/reduction of scheduled amortization and contractual extensions for both consumer and commercial borrowers.

In some cases, there have been multiple concessions granted on one loan. This is most common within the commercial loan portfolio. When there have been multiple concessions granted in the commercial loan portfolio, the principal forgiveness concession was prioritized for purposes of determining the inclusion in Table 42. Second in priority would be rate reduction. In the event that multiple concessions are granted on a consumer loan, concessions resulting from discharge from personal liability through Chapter 7 bankruptcy without formal affirmation of the loan obligations to us would be prioritized and included in the Other type of concession in Table 42. After that, consumer loan concessions would follow the previously discussed priority of concessions for the commercial loan portfolio.

Table 42: Financial Impact and TDRs by Concession Type (a)

 

     Number
of Loans
     Pre-TDR
Recorded
Investment (b)
     Post-TDR Recorded Investment (c)  

During the year ended December 31, 2016

Dollars in millions

         Principal
Forgiveness
     Rate
Reduction
     Other      Total  

Total commercial lending

     143      $ 524         $ 57      $ 413      $ 470  

Total consumer lending

     11,262        245           157        76        233  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

     11,405      $ 769         $ 214      $ 489      $ 703  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2015

Dollars in millions

                                         

Total commercial lending

     158      $ 284      $ 22      $ 4      $ 198      $ 224  

Total consumer lending

     10,962        311           190        106        296  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

     11,120      $ 595      $ 22      $ 194      $ 304      $ 520  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014

Dollars in millions

                                         

Total commercial lending

     210      $ 363      $ 37      $ 22      $ 237      $ 296  

Total consumer lending

     12,289        344           135        190        325  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total TDRs

     12,499      $ 707      $ 37      $ 157      $ 427      $ 621  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Impact of partial charge-offs at TDR date are included in this table.
(b) Represents the recorded investment of the loans as of the quarter end prior to TDR designation, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.
(c) Represents the recorded investment of the TDRs as of the end of the quarter in which the TDR occurs, and excludes immaterial amounts of accrued interest receivable.

After a loan is determined to be a TDR, we continue to track its performance under its most recent restructured terms. We consider a TDR to have subsequently defaulted when it becomes 60 days past due after the most recent date the loan was restructured. The recorded investment of loans that were both (i) classified as TDRs or were subsequently modified during each 12-month period preceding January 1, 2016, 2015 and 2014, and (ii) subsequently defaulted during the 12-month period following each of January 1, 2016, 2015 and 2014, totaled $.2 billion, $.1 billion and $.2 billion, respectively.

 

31


Impaired Loans

Impaired loans include commercial and consumer nonperforming loans and TDRs, regardless of nonperforming status. TDRs that were previously recorded at amortized cost and are now classified and accounted for as held for sale are also included. Excluded from impaired loans are nonperforming leases, loans accounted for as held for sale other than the TDRs described in the preceding sentence, loans accounted for under the fair value option, smaller balance homogeneous type loans and purchased impaired loans. We did not recognize any interest income on impaired loans that have not returned to performing status, while they were impaired during the year ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The following table provides further detail on impaired loans individually evaluated for impairment and the associated ALLL. Certain commercial and consumer impaired loans do not have a related ALLL as the valuation of these impaired loans exceeded the recorded investment.

Table 43: Impaired Loans

 

In millions

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Associated
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment (a)
 

December 31, 2016

           

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

           

Total commercial lending

   $ 742      $ 477      $ 105      $ 497  

Total consumer lending

     1,237        1,185        226        1,255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

   $ 1,979      $ 1,662      $ 331      $ 1,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

           

Total commercial lending

   $ 447      $ 322         $ 365  

Total consumer lending

     982        608           604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

   $ 1,429      $ 930         $ 969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 3,408      $ 2,592      $ 331      $ 2,721  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

           

Impaired loans with an associated allowance

           

Total commercial lending

   $ 696      $ 467      $ 119      $ 503  

Total consumer lending

     1,389        1,307        276        1,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans with an associated allowance

   $ 2,085      $ 1,774      $ 395      $ 1,977  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impaired loans without an associated allowance

           

Total commercial lending

   $ 407      $ 276         $ 255  

Total consumer lending

     1,000        610           512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total impaired loans without an associated allowance

   $ 1,407      $ 886         $ 767  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans

   $ 3,492      $ 2,660      $ 395      $ 2,744  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Average recorded investment is for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

NOTE 4 ALLOWANCES FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

We maintain the ALLL at levels that we believe to be appropriate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the portfolios as of the balance sheet date. We use the two main portfolio segments – Commercial Lending and Consumer Lending, and develop and document the ALLL under separate methodologies for each of these portfolio segments. See Note 1 Accounting Policies for a description of the accounting policies for ALLL. A rollforward of the ALLL and associated loan data follows.

 

32


Table 44: Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data

 

In millions

   Commercial
Lending
    Consumer
Lending
    Total  

December 31, 2016

      

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      

January 1

   $ 1,605     $ 1,122     $ 2,727  

Charge-offs

     (363     (523     (886

Recoveries

     178       165       343  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) / recoveries

     (185     (358     (543

Provision for credit losses

     153       280       433  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (39     (1     (40

Net recoveries of purchased impaired loans and other

       12       12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,534     $ 1,055     $ 2,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 45     $ 226     $ 271  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     60         60  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,392       546       1,938  

Purchased impaired loans

     37       283       320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,534     $ 1,055     $ 2,589  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Portfolio

      

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 428     $ 1,793     $ 2,221  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     371         371  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     137,047       67,345       204,392  

Fair value option loans (a)

       893       893  

Purchased impaired loans

     109       2,847       2,956  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 137,955     $ 72,878     $ 210,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     59     41     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     1.11     1.45     1.23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

      

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      

January 1

   $ 1,571     $ 1,760     $ 3,331  

Charge-offs

     (255     (550     (805

Recoveries

     240       179       419  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (charge-offs) / recoveries

     (15     (371     (386

Provision for credit losses

     55       200       255  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (3     1       (2

Net write-offs of purchased impaired loans and other (b)

     (3     (468     (471
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,605     $ 1,122     $ 2,727  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 43     $ 276     $ 319  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     76         76  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,437       585       2,022  

Purchased impaired loans

     49       261       310  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,605     $ 1,122     $ 2,727  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Portfolio

      

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 434     $ 1,917     $ 2,351  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     309         309  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     132,632       66,977       199,609  

Fair value option loans (a)

       905       905  

Purchased impaired loans

     169       3,353       3,522  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 133,544     $ 73,152     $ 206,696  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     59     41     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans (b)

     1.20     1.53     1.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

33


Table 44: Rollforward of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and Associated Loan Data

(continued from previous page)

 

In millions

   Commercial
Lending
    Consumer
Lending
    Total  

December 31, 2014

      

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

      

January 1

   $ 1,547     $ 2,062     $ 3,609  

Charge-offs

     (360     (661     (1,021

Recoveries

     305       185       490  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (55     (476     (531

Provision for credit losses

     100       173       273  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (18     1       (17

Other

     (3       (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,571     $ 1,760     $ 3,331  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 62     $ 324     $ 386  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     77         77  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     1,353       643       1,996  

Purchased impaired loans

     79       793       872  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,571     $ 1,760     $ 3,331  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loan Portfolio

      

TDRs individually evaluated for impairment

   $ 542     $ 2,041     $ 2,583  

Other loans individually evaluated for impairment

     309         309  

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

     127,207       68,826       196,033  

Fair value option loans (a)

       1,034       1,034  

Purchased impaired loans

     310       4,548       4,858  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 128,368     $ 76,449     $ 204,817  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portfolio segment ALLL as a percentage of total ALLL

     47     53     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans

     1.22     2.30     1.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Loans accounted for under the fair value option are not evaluated for impairment as these loans are accounted for at fair value. Accordingly there is no allowance recorded on these loans.
(b) See Note 1 Accounting Policies in our 2015 Form 10-K for information on our change in derecognition policy effective December 31, 2015 for certain purchased impaired loans.

Net interest income less the provision for credit losses was $8.0 billion, $8.0 billion and $8.3 billion for 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

34


NOTE 5 INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Table 45: Investment Securities Summary

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Unrealized      Fair
Value
 

In millions

      Gains      Losses     

December 31, 2016

           

Securities Available for Sale

           

Debt securities

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 13,100      $ 151      $ (77    $ 13,174  

Residential mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     26,245        170        (287      26,128  

Non-agency

     3,191        227        (52      3,366  

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     2,150        3        (34      2,119  

Non-agency

     4,023        29        (27      4,025  

Asset-backed

     5,938        52        (22      5,968  

Other debt

     4,656        104        (37      4,723  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     59,303        736        (536      59,503  

Corporate stocks and other

     603           (2      601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 59,906      $ 736      $ (538    $ 60,104  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

           

Debt securities

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 527      $ 35      $ (22    $ 540  

Residential mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     11,074        68        (161      10,981  

Non-agency

     191        7           198  

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     903        24           927  

Non-agency

     567        10           577  

Asset-backed

     558           (2      556  

Other debt

     2,023        76        (12      2,087  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 15,843      $ 220      $ (197    $ 15,866  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

           

Securities Available for Sale

           

Debt securities

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 9,764      $ 152      $ (42    $ 9,874  

Residential mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     24,698        250        (128      24,820  

Non-agency

     3,992        247        (88      4,151  

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     1,917        11        (10      1,918  

Non-agency

     4,902        30        (29      4,903  

Asset-backed

     5,417        54        (48      5,423  

Other debt

     3,989        110        (17      4,082  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     54,679        854        (362      55,171  

Corporate stocks and other

     590           (1      589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 55,269      $ 854      $ (363    $ 55,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

           

Debt securities

           

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 258      $ 40         $ 298  

Residential mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     9,552        101      $ (65      9,588  

Non-agency

     233        8           241  

Commercial mortgage-backed

           

Agency

     1,128        40           1,168  

Non-agency

     722        6        (1      727  

Asset-backed

     717           (10      707  

Other debt

     2,158        116        (1      2,273  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 14,768      $ 311      $ (77    $ 15,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of investment securities is impacted by interest rates, credit spreads, market volatility and liquidity conditions. Net unrealized gains and losses in the securities available for sale portfolio are included in Shareholders’ equity as Accumulated other comprehensive income or loss, net of tax, unless credit-related. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. At December 31, 2016, Accumulated other comprehensive income included pretax gains of $96 million from derivatives that hedged the purchase of investment securities classified as held to maturity. The gains will be accreted into interest income as an adjustment of yield on the securities.

 

35


Table 46 presents gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The securities are segregated between investments that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and twelve months or more based on the point in time that the fair value declined below the amortized cost basis. The table includes debt securities where a portion of OTTI has been recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The increase in total unrealized losses at December 31, 2016 when compared to December 31, 2015 was due to an increase in market interest rates.

Table 46: Gross Unrealized Loss and Fair Value of Debt Securities

 

In millions

   Unrealized loss position less
than 12 months
     Unrealized loss position 12
months or more
     Total  
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Loss
    Fair
Value
 

December 31, 2016

              

Securities Available for Sale

              

Debt securities

              

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ (57   $ 3,108      $ (20   $ 2,028      $ (77   $ 5,136  

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     (267     16,942        (20     922        (287     17,864  

Non-agency

     (1     109        (51     1,119        (52     1,228  

Commercial mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     (33     1,577        (1     86        (34     1,663  

Non-agency

     (14     880        (13     987        (27     1,867  

Asset-backed

     (5     1,317        (17     902        (22     2,219  

Other debt

     (33     1,827        (4     243        (37     2,070  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ (410   $ 25,760      $ (126   $ 6,287      $ (536   $ 32,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

              

Debt securities

              

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ (22   $ 238           $ (22   $ 238  

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     (153     8,041      $ (8   $ 161        (161     8,202  

Asset-backed

          (2     451        (2     451  

Other debt

     (12     146        (a     1        (12     147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ (187   $ 8,425      $ (10   $ 613      $ (197   $ 9,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

              

Securities Available for Sale

              

Debt securities

              

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ (40   $ 5,885      $ (2   $ 120      $ (42   $ 6,005  

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     (103     11,799        (25     1,094        (128     12,893  

Non-agency

     (3     368        (85     1,527        (88     1,895  

Commercial mortgage-backed

              

Agency

     (7     745        (3     120        (10     865  

Non-agency

     (22     2,310        (7     807        (29     3,117  

Asset-backed

     (30     3,477        (18     494        (48     3,971  

Other debt

     (11     1,085        (6     248        (17     1,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ (216   $ 25,669      $ (146   $ 4,410      $ (362   $ 30,079  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

              

Debt securities

              

Residential mortgage-backed

              

Agency

   $ (55   $ 4,842      $ (10   $ 269      $ (65   $ 5,111  

Commercial mortgage-backed

              

Non-agency

     (1     149        (a     5        (1     154  

Asset-backed

     (2     171        (8     529        (10     700  

Other debt

     (1     230        (a     3        (1     233  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ (59   $ 5,392      $ (18   $ 806      $ (77   $ 6,198  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The unrealized loss on these securities was less than $.5 million.

Evaluating Investment Securities for Other-than-Temporary Impairments

For the securities in Table 46, as of December 31, 2016 we do not intend to sell and believe we will not be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis.

On at least a quarterly basis, we review all debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position for OTTI, as discussed in Note 1 Accounting Policies. For those securities on our balance sheet at December 31, 2016, where during our quarterly security-level impairment assessments we determined losses represented OTTI, we have recorded cumulative credit losses of $1.1 billion in earnings and accordingly have reduced the amortized cost of our securities. The majority of these cumulative impairment charges related to

 

36


non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities rated BB or lower. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, the OTTI credit losses recognized in noninterest income and the OTTI noncredit losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, on securities were not significant.

Information relating to gross realized securities gains and losses from the sales of securities is set forth in the following table.

Table 47: Gains (Losses) on Sales of Securities Available for Sale

 

In millions

   Proceeds      Gross
Gains
     Gross
Losses
    Net
Gains
     Tax
Expense
 

For the year ended December 31

             

2016

   $ 3,489      $ 24      $ (8   $ 16      $ 6  

2015

   $ 6,829      $ 56      $ (13   $ 43      $ 15  

2014

   $ 4,480      $ 33      $ (29   $ 4      $ 1  

The following table presents, by remaining contractual maturity, the amortized cost, fair value and weighted-average yield of debt securities at December 31, 2016.

Table 48: Contractual Maturity of Debt Securities

 

December 31, 2016

Dollars in millions

   1 Year or Less     After 1 Year
through 5 Years
    After 5 Years
through 10 Years
    After 10
Years
    Total  

Securities Available for Sale

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 479     $ 5,673     $ 5,778     $ 1,170     $ 13,100  

Residential mortgage-backed

          

Agency

     1       127       740       25,377       26,245  

Non-agency

       2         3,189       3,191  

Commercial mortgage-backed

          

Agency

     77       157       730       1,186       2,150  

Non-agency

       111       108       3,804       4,023  

Asset-backed

     7       2,046       1,716       2,169       5,938  

Other debt

     228       2,305       661       1,462       4,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   $ 792     $ 10,421     $ 9,733     $ 38,357     $ 59,303  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 796     $ 10,463     $ 9,729     $ 38,515     $ 59,503  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     3.13     2.11     2.06     2.88     2.61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

          

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

       $ 108     $ 419     $ 527  

Residential mortgage-backed

          

Agency

     $ 18       458       10,598       11,074  

Non-agency

           191       191  

Commercial mortgage-backed

          

Agency

   $ 100       743       5       55       903  

Non-agency

           567       567  

Asset-backed

       1       452       105       558  

Other debt

     14       176       997       836       2,023  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities held to maturity

   $ 114     $ 938     $ 2,020     $ 12,771     $ 15,843  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 114     $ 966     $ 2,070     $ 12,716     $ 15,866  

Weighted-average yield, GAAP basis

     3.69     3.64     3.29     3.23     3.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average yields are based on historical cost with effective yields weighted for the contractual maturity of each security. At December 31, 2016, there were no securities of a single issuer, other than FNMA, that exceeded 10% of Total shareholders’ equity. The FNMA investments had a total amortized cost of $27.1 billion and fair value of $26.8 billion.

 

37


The following table presents the fair value of securities that have been either pledged to or accepted from others to collateralize outstanding borrowings.

Table 49: Fair Value of Securities Pledged and Accepted as Collateral

 

In millions

   December 31
2016
     December 31
2015
 

Pledged to others

   $ 9,493      $ 9,674  

Accepted from others:

     

Permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge

   $ 912      $ 1,100  

Permitted amount repledged to others

   $ 799      $ 943  

The securities pledged to others include positions held in our portfolio of investment securities, trading securities, and securities accepted as collateral from others that we are permitted by contract or custom to sell or repledge, and were used to secure public and trust deposits, repurchase agreements, and for other purposes.

NOTE 6 FAIR VALUE

Fair Value Measurement

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability on the measurement date, determined using an exit price in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The fair value hierarchy established by GAAP requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are:

 

    Level 1: Fair value is determined using a quoted price in an active market for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities may include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market and certain U.S. Treasury securities that are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.

 

    Level 2: Fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. The majority of Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities, equity securities and listed derivative contracts with quoted prices that are traded in markets that are not active, and certain debt and equity securities and over-the-counter derivative contracts whose fair value is determined using a pricing model without significant unobservable inputs.

 

    Level 3: Fair value is estimated using unobservable inputs that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models and discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques for which the significant valuation inputs are not observable and the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

We characterize active markets as those where transaction volumes are sufficient to provide objective pricing information, with reasonably narrow bid/ask spreads and where dealer quotes received do not vary widely and are based on current information. Inactive markets are typically characterized by low transaction volumes, price quotations that vary substantially among market participants or are not based on current information, wide bid/ask spreads, a significant increase in implied liquidity risk premiums, yields, or performance indicators for observed transactions or quoted prices compared to historical periods, a significant decline or absence of a market for new issuance, or any combination of the above factors. We also consider nonperformance risks including credit risk as part of our valuation methodology for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value, by their nature, result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets and liabilities classified within Level 3 inherently require the use of various assumptions, estimates and judgments when measuring their fair value. As observable market activity is commonly not available to use when estimating the fair value of Level 3 assets and liabilities, we must estimate fair value using various modeling techniques. These techniques include the use of a variety of inputs/assumptions including credit quality, liquidity, interest rates or other relevant inputs across the entire population of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Changes in the significant underlying factors or assumptions (either an increase or a decrease) in any of these areas underlying our estimates may result in a significant increase/decrease in the Level 3 fair value measurement of a particular asset and/or liability from period to period.

Any models used to determine fair values or to validate dealer quotes are subject to review and independent testing as part of our model validation and internal control testing processes. Our Model Risk Management Committee reviews significant models on at least an annual basis. In addition, the Valuation Committee approves valuation methodologies and reviews the results of independent valuation reviews and processes for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

38


Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities Available for Sale and Trading Securities

Securities accounted for at fair value include both the available for sale and trading portfolios. We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes, or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. The majority of securities were priced by third-party vendors. The third-party vendors use a variety of methods when pricing securities that incorporate relevant market data to arrive at an estimate of what a buyer in the marketplace would pay for a security under current market conditions. We monitor and validate the reliability of vendor pricing on an ongoing basis through pricing methodology reviews, including detailed reviews of the assumptions and inputs used by the vendor to price individual securities, and through price validation testing. Securities not priced by one of our pricing vendors may be valued using a dealer quote, which are also subject to price validation testing. Price validation testing is performed independent of the risk-taking function and involves corroborating the prices received from third-party vendors and dealers with prices from another third party or through other sources, such as internal valuations or sales of similar securities. Security prices are also validated through actual cash settlement upon sale of a security.

Securities are classified within the fair value hierarchy after giving consideration to the activity level in the market for the security type and the observability of the inputs used to determine the fair value. When a quoted price in an active market exists for the identical security, this price is used to determine fair value and the security is classified within Level 1 of the hierarchy. Level 1 securities include U.S. Treasury securities and money-market mutual funds. When a quoted price in an active market for the identical security is not available, fair value is estimated using either an alternative market approach, such as a recent trade or matrix pricing, or an income approach, such as a discounted cash flow pricing model. If the inputs to the valuation are based primarily on market observable information, then the security is classified within Level 2 of the hierarchy. Level 2 securities include agency debt securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities, agency and non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, certain non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities collateralized by non-mortgage-related consumer loans, municipal securities, and other debt securities. Level 2 securities are predominantly priced by third parties, either a pricing vendor or dealer.

In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around the inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. Securities classified as Level 3 consist primarily of non-agency residential mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities collateralized by first- and second-lien residential mortgage loans. Fair value for these securities is primarily estimated using pricing obtained from third-party vendors. In some cases, fair value is estimated using a dealer quote, by reference to prices of securities of a similar vintage and collateral type or by reference to recent sales of similar securities. Market activity for these security types is limited with little price transparency. As a result, these securities are generally valued by the third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporates significant unobservable inputs and observable market activity where available. Significant inputs to the valuation include prepayment projections and credit loss assumptions (default rate and loss severity) and discount rates that are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those assumptions in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

Certain infrequently traded debt securities within Other debt securities available-for-sale and Trading securities are also classified in Level 3 and are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 52. The significant unobservable inputs used to estimate the fair value of these securities include an estimate of expected credit losses and a discount for liquidity risk. These inputs are incorporated into the fair value measurement by either increasing the spread over the benchmark curve or by applying a credit and liquidity discount to the par value of the security. Significant increases (decreases) in credit and/or liquidity risk could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value estimate.

Residential Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain residential mortgage loans originated for sale at fair value on a recurring basis. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for the residential mortgages with the related hedges. Residential mortgage loans are valued based on quoted market prices, where available, prices for other traded mortgage loans with similar characteristics, and purchase commitments and bid information received from market participants. The prices are adjusted as necessary to include the embedded servicing value in the loans and to take into consideration the specific characteristics of certain loans that are priced based on the pricing of similar loans. These adjustments represent unobservable inputs to the valuation but are not considered significant given the relative insensitivity of the value to changes in these inputs to the fair value of the loans. Accordingly, the majority of residential mortgage loans held for sale are classified as Level 2.

Commercial Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

We account for certain commercial mortgage loans classified as held for sale in whole loan transactions at fair value. We determine the fair value of commercial mortgage loans held for sale based upon discounted cash flows. Fair value is determined using sale valuation assumptions that management believes a market participant would use in pricing the loans. Valuation assumptions may include observable inputs based on the benchmark interest rate swap curves, whole loan sales and agency sales transactions. The significant unobservable inputs are management’s assumption of the spread applied to the benchmark rate and the estimated servicing cash flows for loans sold to the agencies with servicing retained. The spread over the benchmark curve includes management’s

 

39


assumptions of the impact of credit and liquidity risk. Significant increases (decreases) in the spread applied to the benchmark would result in a significantly lower (higher) asset value. The wide range of the spread over the benchmark curve is due to the varying risk and underlying property characteristics within our portfolio. Significant increases (decreases) in the estimated servicing cash flows would result in significantly higher (lower) asset value. Based on the significance of unobservable inputs, we classified this portfolio as Level 3.

Loans

Loans accounted for at fair value consist primarily of residential mortgage loans. These loans are generally valued similarly to residential mortgage loans held for sale and are classified as Level 2. We have elected to account for certain home equity lines of credit at fair value. These loans are classified as Level 3. Significant inputs to the valuation of these loans include credit and liquidity discount, cumulative default rate, loss severity and gross discount rate and are deemed representative of current market conditions. Significant increases (decreases) in any of these assumptions would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

Equity Investments

The valuation of direct and indirect private equity investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices, inherent lack of liquidity and the long-term nature of such investments. Various valuation techniques are used for direct investments, including multiples of adjusted earnings of the entity, independent appraisals, anticipated financing and sale transactions with third parties, or the pricing used to value the entity in a recent financing transaction. A multiple of adjusted earnings calculation is the valuation technique utilized most frequently and is the most significant unobservable input used in such calculation. Significant decreases (increases) in the multiple of earnings could result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Direct equity investments are classified as Level 3.

Indirect investments are not redeemable; however, we receive distributions over the life of the partnerships from liquidation of the underlying investments by the investee, which we expect to occur over the next twelve years. We value indirect investments in private equity funds using consensus pricing and the net asset value (NAV) practical expedient as provided in the financial statements that we receive from fund managers. Due to the time lag in our receipt of the financial information and based on a review of investments and valuation techniques applied, adjustments to the manager-provided value are made when available recent portfolio company information or market information indicates a significant change in value from that provided by the manager of the fund. Indirect investments valued using NAV are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSRs)

MSRs are carried at fair value on a recurring basis. Assumptions incorporated into the MSRs valuation model reflect management’s best estimate of factors that a market participant would use in valuing the MSRs. Although sales of MSRs do occur, MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices so the precise terms and conditions of sales are not available.

Residential MSRs

As a benchmark for the reasonableness of our residential MSRs fair value, we obtained opinions of value from independent brokers. These brokers provided a range (+/- 10 bps) based upon their own discounted cash flow calculations of our portfolio that reflect conditions in the secondary market and any recently executed servicing transactions. We compare our internally-developed residential MSRs value to the ranges of values received from the brokers. If our residential MSRs fair value falls outside of the brokers’ ranges, management will assess whether a valuation adjustment is warranted. For the periods presented, our residential MSRs value did not fall outside of the brokers’ ranges. We consider our residential MSRs value to represent a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Due to the nature of the unobservable valuation inputs, residential MSRs are classified as Level 3. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of residential MSRs are constant prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve. Significant increases (decreases) in prepayment rates and spread over the benchmark curve would result in lower (higher) fair market value of residential MSRs.

Commercial MSRs

The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating unobservable inputs for assumptions such as constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors. Due to the nature of the unobservable valuation inputs and the limited availability of market pricing, commercial MSRs are classified as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in constant prepayment rates and discount rates would result in significantly lower (higher) commercial MSR value determined based on current market conditions and expectations.

Financial Derivatives

Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted market prices and are classified as Level 1. The majority of derivatives that we enter into are executed over-the-counter and are valued using internal models. These derivatives are primarily classified as Level 2 as the readily observable market inputs to these models are validated to external sources such as industry pricing services, or are corroborated through recent trades, dealer quotes, yield curves, implied volatility or other market-related data. Level 2 financial derivatives are primarily estimated using a combination of Eurodollar future prices and observable benchmark interest rate swaps to construct projected discounted cash flows.

 

40


Financial derivatives that are priced using significant management judgment or assumptions are classified as Level 3. Unobservable inputs related to interest rate contracts include probability of funding of residential mortgage loan commitments, spread over the benchmark interest rate and the estimated servicing cash flows of commercial mortgage loan commitments, and expected interest rate volatility of interest rate options. Probability of default and loss severity are the significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of risk participation agreements. The fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities related to these financial derivatives as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 52 of this Note 6.

In connection with the sales of portions of our Visa Class B common shares, we entered into swap agreements with the purchasers of the shares to account for any future risk of converting Class B common shares to Class A common shares and to account for the corresponding change in value to the Class B shares. These adjustments result from resolution of the specified litigation or the changes in the amount in the litigation escrow account funded by Visa as well as from changes in the estimated litigation resolution date (see Note 19 Legal Proceedings). These swaps also require payments calculated by reference to the market price of the Class A common shares and a fixed rate of interest. An increase in the estimated growth rate of the Class A share price or the estimated length of litigation resolution date, or a decrease in the estimated conversion rate, will have a negative impact on the fair value of the swaps and vice versa, through its impact on periodic payments due to the counterparty until the maturity dates of the swaps.

The fair values of our derivatives include a credit valuation adjustment (CVA) to reflect our own and our counterparties’ nonperformance risk. Our CVA is computed using new loan pricing and considers externally available bond spreads, in conjunction with internal historical recovery observations.

Other Assets and Liabilities

Other assets held at fair value on a recurring basis primarily include BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock and assets related to PNC’s deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plans.

We have elected to account for the shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock received in a stock exchange with BlackRock at fair value as these shares economically hedge the BlackRock LTIP liability that is accounted for and reported as a derivative. The fair value of the Series C Preferred Stock is determined using a third-party modeling approach, which includes both observable and unobservable inputs. Due to the significance of unobservable inputs, this security is classified as Level 3. Significant increases (decreases) in the liquidity discount would result in a lower (higher) asset value for the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

The assets related to PNC’s deferred compensation and supplemental incentive savings plans primarily consist of a prepaid forward contract referencing an amount of shares of PNC stock, equity mutual funds and fixed income funds, and are valued based on the underlying investments. These assets are valued either by reference to the market price of PNC’s stock or by using the quoted market prices for investments other than PNC’s stock and are primarily classified in Levels 1 and 2.

All Level 3 other assets and liabilities, excluding the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 52 in this Note 6.

Other Borrowed Funds

Other borrowed funds primarily consist of U.S. Treasury securities sold short classified as Level 1. Other borrowed funds also includes the related liability for certain repurchased loans for which we have elected the fair value option and are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, consistent with the level classification of the corresponding loans. All Level 3 amounts are included in the Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities line item in Table 52 in this Note 6.

The following table summarizes our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including instruments for which we have elected the fair value option.

 

41


Table 50: Fair Value Measurements—Recurring Basis Summary

 

     December 31, 2016      December 31, 2015  

In millions

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total
Fair Value
 

Assets

                       

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

      $ 1,008      $ 2      $ 1,010         $ 838      $ 5      $ 843  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

           1,400        1,400              641        641  

Securities available for sale

                       

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

   $ 12,572        602           13,174      $ 9,267        607           9,874  

Residential mortgage-backed

                       

Agency

        26,128           26,128           24,820           24,820  

Non-agency

        112        3,254        3,366           143        4,008        4,151  

Commercial mortgage-backed

                       

Agency

        2,119           2,119           1,918           1,918  

Non-agency

        4,025           4,025           4,903           4,903  

Asset-backed

        5,565        403        5,968           4,941        482        5,423  

Other debt

        4,657        66        4,723           4,037        45        4,082  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     12,572        43,208        3,723        59,503        9,267        41,369        4,535        55,171  

Corporate stocks and other

     541        60           601        527        62           589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     13,113        43,268        3,723        60,104        9,794        41,431        4,535        55,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

        558        335        893           565        340        905  

Equity investments (a)

           1,331        1,381              1,098        1,445  

Residential mortgage servicing rights

           1,182        1,182              1,063        1,063  

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

           576        576              526        526  

Trading securities (b)

     1,458        1,169        2        2,629        996        727        3        1,726  

Financial derivatives (b) (c)

     10        4,566        40        4,616           4,910        31        4,941  

Other

     266        312        239        817        254        336        364        954  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 14,847      $ 50,881      $ 8,830      $ 74,608      $ 11,044      $ 48,807      $ 8,606      $ 68,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                       

Other borrowed funds

   $ 799      $ 161      $ 10      $ 970      $ 960      $ 108      $ 12      $ 1,080  

Financial derivatives (c) (d)

     1        3,424        414        3,839        1        3,328        473        3,802  

Other liabilities

           9        9              10        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 800      $ 3,585      $ 433      $ 4,818      $ 961      $ 3,436      $ 495      $ 4,892  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Amounts at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are presented gross and are not reduced by the impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow us to net positive and negative positions and cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparty. See Note 13 Financial Derivatives for additional information related to derivative offsetting.
(d) Included in Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

42


Reconciliations of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs for 2016 and 2015 follow.

Table 51: Reconciliation of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities

Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

     Fair Value
Dec. 31,
2015
     Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses
for the period (a)
    Purchases      Sales     Issuances      Settlements     Transfers
into
Level 3
    Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)
    Fair Value
Dec. 31,
2016
     Unrealized
gains / losses
on assets and
liabilities
held on
Consolidated
Balance
Sheet at
Dec. 31,
2016 (a) (c)
 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

      Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in Other
comprehensive
income
                    

Assets

                          

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 5          $ 10      $ (3        $ 10     $ (20   $ 2     

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     641      $ 79            (3,810   $ 4,515      $ (25         1,400      $ (3

Securities available for sale

                          

Residential mortgage- backed non-agency

     4,008        75     $ 16          (60        (785         3,254        (2

Asset-backed

     482        13       (3             (89         403     

Other debt

     45        1       28       12        (17        (3     2       (2     66     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     4,535        89       41       12        (77        (877     2       (2     3,723        (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

     340        8         126        (22        (78     15       (54     335        2  

Equity investments

     1,098        148         269        (418          235 (d)      (1     1,331        127  

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     1,063        37         188          62        (168         1,182        39  

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

     526        45         36          61        (92         576        45  

Trading securities

     3                    (1         2     

Financial derivatives

     31        115         2             (108         40        102  

Other assets

     364        15       (2             (138         239        13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 8,606      $ 536     $ 39     $ 643      $ (4,330   $ 4,638      $ (1,487   $ 262     $ (77   $ 8,830      $ 323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                          

Other borrowed funds

   $ 12               $ 87      $ (89       $ 10     

Financial derivatives

     473      $ 127          $ 4          (190         414      $ 129  

Other liabilities

     10        (9            132        (124         9     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 495      $ 118          $ 4     $ 219      $ (403       $ 433      $ 129  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gains (losses)

      $ 418 (e)                       $ 194 (f) 
     

 

 

                      

 

 

 

 

43


Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

     Fair Value
Dec. 31,
2014
     Total realized / unrealized
gains or losses
for the period (a)
    Purchases      Sales     Issuances      Settlements     Transfers
into
Level 3
     Transfers
out of
Level 3 (b)
    Fair Value
Dec. 31,
2015
     Unrealized
gains / losses
on assets and
liabilities
held on
Consolidated
Balance
Sheet at
Dec. 31,
2015 (a) (c)
 

Level 3 Instruments Only

In millions

      Included
in
Earnings
    Included
in Other
comprehensive
income
                     

Assets

                           

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 6      $ 1       $ 25      $ (4        $ 6      $ (29   $ 5      $ 1  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

     893        76            (4,455   $ 4,163      $ (36          641        (5

Securities available for sale

                           

Residential mortgage-backed non-agency

     4,798        114     $ (58             (846          4,008        (2

Commercial mortgage-backed non-agency

        8                 (8          

Asset-backed

     563        20                 (101          482        (2

Other debt

     164        2       (2     13        (7        (125          45     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     5,525        144       (60     13        (7        (1,080          4,535        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans

     397        23         114        (26        (122     25        (71     340        12  

Equity investments

     1,152        120         274        (448               1,098        86  

Residential mortgage servicing rights

     845        2         316          78        (178          1,063        5  

Commercial mortgage servicing rights

     506        (9       55          63        (89          526        (10

Trading securities

     32                    (29          3     

Financial derivatives

     42        135         3             (149          31        126  

Other assets

     390        (18          (7        (1          364        (18
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 9,788      $ 474     $ (60   $ 800      $ (4,947   $ 4,304      $ (1,684   $ 31      $ (100   $ 8,606      $ 193  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

                           

Other borrowed funds

   $ 181      $ (3          $ 92      $ (258        $ 12     

Financial derivatives

     526        22          $ 1          (76          473      $ 4  

Other liabilities

     9        1                        10     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 716      $ 20          $ 1     $ 92      $ (334        $ 495      $ 4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net gains (losses)

      $ 454 (e)                        $ 189 (f) 
     

 

 

                       

 

 

 

 

(a) Losses for assets are bracketed while losses for liabilities are not.
(b) Transfers out of Level 3 primarily reflect the reclassification of residential mortgage loans held for sale to held for investment and the transfer of residential mortgage loans to OREO.
(c) The amount of the total gains or losses for the period included in earnings that is attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses related to those assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period.
(d) Reflects transfers into Level 3 associated with a change in valuation methodology.
(e) Net gains (losses) realized and unrealized included in earnings related to Level 3 assets and liabilities included amortization and accretion. The amortization and accretion amounts were included in Interest income on the Consolidated Income Statement and the remaining net gains (losses) realized and unrealized were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.
(f) Net unrealized gains (losses) related to assets and liabilities held at the end of the reporting period were included in Noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

An instrument’s categorization within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Changes from one quarter to the next related to the observability of inputs to a fair value measurement may result in a reclassification (transfer) of assets or liabilities between hierarchy levels. Our policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out as of the end of the reporting period.

 

44


Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 recurring assets and liabilities follows.

Table 52: Fair Value Measurements—Recurring Quantitative Information

December 31, 2016

 

Level 3 Instruments Only                 

Dollars in millions

   Fair Value     

Valuation Techniques

  

Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Weighted Average)

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale    $ 1,400      Discounted cash flow    Spread over the benchmark curve (a) Estimated servicing cash flows   

42bps-1,725bps (362bps)

0.0%-7.3% (1.5%)

           

Residential mortgage-backed

non-agency securities

     3,254      Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR) Constant default rate (CDR) Loss severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

1.0%-24.2%(7.2%)

0.0%-16.7%(5.3%)

10.0%-98.5%(53.5%)

236bps weighted average

           
           
           
Asset-backed securities      403      Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR) Constant default rate (CDR) Loss severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

1.0%-16.0%(6.4%)

2.0%-13.9%(6.6%)

24.2%-100.0%(77.3%)

278bps weighted average

           
           
           
Loans      141      Consensus pricing (b)    Cumulative default rate    11.0%-100.0%(86.9%)
         Loss severity    0.0%-100.0%(22.9%)
         Discount rate    4.7%-6.7%(5.1%)
     116      Discounted cash flow    Loss severity    8.0% weighted average
         Discount rate    4.2% weighted average
     78      Consensus pricing (b)    Credit and Liquidity discount    0.0%-99.0%(57.9%)
Equity investments      1,331      Multiple of adjusted earnings Consensus pricing (b)   

Multiple of earnings

Liquidity discount

  

4.5x-12.0x (7.8x)

0.0%-40.0%

           
Residential mortgage servicing rights      1,182      Discounted cash flow   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

0.0%-36.0%(9.4%)

341bps-1,913bps (850bps)

           
Commercial mortgage servicing rights      576      Discounted cash flow    Constant prepayment rate (CPR)   

7.5%-43.4%(8.6%)

3.5%-7.6%(7.5%)

         Discount rate   
Other assets—BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock      232      Consensus pricing (b)    Liquidity discount    15.0%-25.0%(20.0%)
           
Financial derivatives—BlackRock LTIP      (232)      Consensus pricing (b)    Liquidity discount    15.0%-25.0%(20.0%)
           
Financial derivatives—Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares      (164)      Discounted cash flow    Estimated conversion factor of Class B shares into Class A shares   
            164.4% weighted average
         Estimated growth rate of Visa Class A share price   
            14.0%
         Estimated length of litigation resolution date   
            Q2 2019

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (c)

     80        
  

 

 

       

Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (d)

   $ 8,397           
  

 

 

          

 

45


December 31, 2015

 

Level 3 Instruments Only     

Dollars in millions

   Fair Value     

Valuation Techniques

  

Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Weighted Average)

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale    $ 641      Discounted cash flow    Spread over the benchmark curve (a) Estimated servicing cash flows   

85bps-4,270bps (547bps)

0.0%-7.0%(0.9%)

           

Residential mortgage-backed

non-agency securities

     4,008      Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

1.0%-24.2%(7.0%)

0.0%-16.7%(5.4%)

10.0%-98.5%(53.3%)

241bps weighted average

           
           
           
Asset-backed securities      482      Priced by a third-party vendor using a discounted cash flow pricing model   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Constant default rate (CDR)

Loss severity

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

1.0%-14.0%(6.3%)

1.7%-13.9%(6.8%)

24.2%-100.0%(77.5%)

324bps weighted average

           
           
           
Loans      123      Consensus pricing (b)    Cumulative default rate    2.0%-100.0%(85.1%)
         Loss severity    0.0%-100.0%(27.3%)
         Discount rate    4.9%-7.0%(5.2%)
     116      Discounted cash flow    Loss severity    8.0% weighted average
         Discount rate    3.9% weighted average
     101      Consensus pricing (b)    Credit and Liquidity discount    26.0%-99.0%(54.0%)
Equity investments      1,098      Multiple of adjusted earnings    Multiple of earnings    4.2x-14.1x (7.6x)
Residential mortgage servicing rights      1,063      Discounted cash flow   

Constant prepayment rate (CPR)

Spread over the benchmark curve (a)

  

0.3%-46.5%(10.6%)

559bps-1,883bps (893bps)

Commercial mortgage servicing rights      526      Discounted cash flow    Constant prepayment rate (CPR)    3.9%-26.5%(5.7%)
         Discount rate    2.6%-7.7%(7.5%)
Other assets—BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock      357      Consensus pricing (b)    Liquidity discount    20.0%
           
Financial derivatives—BlackRock LTIP      (357)      Consensus pricing (b)    Liquidity discount    20.0%
           
Financial derivatives—Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class B common shares      (104)      Discounted cash flow    Estimated conversion factor of Class B shares into Class A shares   
            164.3% weighted average
        
         Estimated growth rate of Visa Class A share price    16.3%
Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (c)      57        
  

 

 

          
Total Level 3 assets, net of liabilities (d)    $ 8,111           
  

 

 

          

 

(a) The assumed yield spread over the benchmark curve for each instrument is generally intended to incorporate non-interest-rate risks, such as credit and liquidity risks.
(b) Consensus pricing refers to fair value estimates that are generally internally developed using information such as dealer quotes or other third-party provided valuations or comparable asset prices.
(c) Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes certain financial derivative assets and liabilities, trading securities, state and municipal and other debt securities, residential mortgage loans held for sale, other assets, other borrowed funds and other liabilities.
(d) Consisted of total Level 3 assets of $8.8 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $.4 billion as of December 31, 2016 and $8.6 billion and $.5 billion as of December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

46


Financial Assets Accounted for at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required to measure certain financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower of amortized cost or fair value accounting or write-downs of individual assets due to impairment and are included in Table 53 and Table 54.

Nonaccrual Loans

Nonaccrual loans represent the fair value of those loans which have been adjusted due to impairment. The impairment is primarily based on the appraised value of the collateral or LGD percentage. The LGD percentage represents the amount that we expect to lose in the event a borrower defaults on an obligation and is used to determine the weighted average loss severity of the nonaccrual loans.

Appraisals are obtained by licensed or certified appraisers at least annually and more recently in certain instances. All third-party appraisals are reviewed and any adjustments to the initial appraisal are incorporated into the final issued appraisal report. In instances where an appraisal is not obtained, collateral value is determined consistent with external third-party appraisal standards by an internal person independent of the asset manager. If an appraisal is outdated due to changed project or market conditions, or if the net book value is utilized, management uses an LGD percentage.

OREO and Foreclosed Assets

The carrying value of OREO and foreclosed assets includes valuation adjustments recorded subsequent to the transfer to OREO and foreclosed assets. Valuation adjustments are based on the fair value less cost to sell of the property. Fair value is based on appraised value or sales price and the appraisal process for OREO and foreclosed properties is the same as described above for nonaccrual loans.

Insignificant Assets

Insignificant assets represent the aggregate amount of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. Long-lived assets held for sale and certain equity investments are included in insignificant assets and are classified as Level 3.

Table 53: Fair Value Measurements—Nonrecurring

 

            Fair Value  

In millions

          December 31
2016
     December 31
2015
 

Assets (a)

        

Nonaccrual loans

      $ 187      $ 30  

OREO and foreclosed assets

        107        137  

Insignificant assets

        19        28  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 313      $ 195  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31    Gains (Losses)  

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Assets (a)

        

Nonaccrual loans

   $ (106    $ (44    $ (19

OREO and foreclosed assets

     (16      (18      (19

Insignificant assets

     (17      (23      (16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ (139    $ (85    $ (54
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(a)    All Level 3 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

     

 

47


Quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs within Level 3 nonrecurring assets follows.

Table 54: Fair Value Measurements—Nonrecurring Quantitative Information

 

Level 3 Instruments Only
Dollars in millions

   Fair Value     

Valuation Techniques

  

Unobservable Inputs

  

Range (Weighted Average)

December 31, 2016

           

Assets

           

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 112      LGD percentage    Loss severity    6.0%-77.1%(31.3%)
     75      Fair value of property or collateral    Appraised value/sales price    Not meaningful

OREO and foreclosed assets

     107      Fair value of property or collateral    Appraised value/sales price    Not meaningful

Insignificant assets

     19           
  

 

 

          

Total assets

   $ 313           
  

 

 

          

December 31, 2015

           

Assets

           

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 20      LGD percentage    Loss severity    8.1%-73.3%(58.6%)
     10      Fair value of property or collateral    Appraised value/sales price    Not meaningful

OREO and foreclosed assets

     137      Fair value of property or collateral    Appraised value/sales price    Not meaningful

Insignificant assets

     28           
  

 

 

          

Total assets

   $ 195           
  

 

 

          

Financial Instruments Accounted for under Fair Value Option

We elect the fair value option to account for certain financial instruments. For more information on these financial instruments for which the fair value option election has been made, please refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 6. These financial instruments are initially measured at fair value, gains and losses from initial measurement and any changes in fair value are subsequently recognized in earnings.

Interest income related to changes in the fair values of these financial instruments is recorded on the Consolidated Income Statement in Other interest income, except for certain Residential mortgage loans, for which income is also recorded in Loan interest income. Changes in value on the prepaid forward contract included in Other Assets is reported in Noninterest expense and interest expense on the Other borrowed funds is reported in Borrowed funds interest expense.

 

48


Fair values and aggregate unpaid principal balances of items for which we elected the fair value option follow.

Table 55: Fair Value Option—Fair Value and Principal Balances

 

In millions

   Fair
Value
     Aggregate Unpaid
Principal Balance
     Difference  

December 31, 2016

        

Assets

        

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

        

Performing loans

   $ 1,000      $ 988      $ 12  

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

     4        4     

Nonaccrual loans

     6        6     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,010        998        12  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

        

Performing loans

     1,395        1,412        (17

Nonaccrual loans

     5        9        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,400        1,421        (21

Residential mortgage loans

        

Performing loans

     247        289        (42

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

     427        428        (1

Nonaccrual loans

     219        346        (127
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     893        1,063        (170

Other assets

     293        288        5  

Liabilities

        

Other borrowed funds

   $ 81      $ 82      $ (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

        

Assets

        

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

        

Performing loans

   $ 832      $ 804      $ 28  

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

     4        4     

Nonaccrual loans

     7        8        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     843        816        27  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale (a)

        

Performing loans

     639        659        (20

Nonaccrual loans

     2        3        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     641        662        (21

Residential mortgage loans

        

Performing loans

     204        260        (56

Accruing loans 90 days or more past due

     475        478        (3

Nonaccrual loans

     226        361        (135
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     905        1,099        (194

Other assets

     301        292        9  

Liabilities

        

Other borrowed funds

   $ 93      $ 95      $ (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) There were no accruing loans 90 days or more past due within this category at December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015.

 

49


The changes in fair value for items for which we elected the fair value option and are included in Noninterest income and Noninterest expense on the Consolidated Income Statement are as follows.

Table 56: Fair Value Option—Changes in Fair Value (a)

 

Year ended December 31    Gains (Losses)  

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Assets

        

Residential mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 152      $ 152      $ 212  

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale

   $ 76      $ 96      $ 50  

Residential mortgage loans

   $ 30      $ 43      $ 157  

Other assets

   $ 50      $ (8    $ 42  

Liabilities

        

Other borrowed funds

      $ 4      $ (5

 

(a) The impact on earnings of offsetting hedged items or hedging instruments is not reflected in these amounts.

Additional Fair Value Information Related to Financial Instruments Not Recorded at Fair Value

This section presents fair value information for all other financial instruments that are not recorded on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. We used the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value amounts for these financial instruments.

Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-earning Deposits with Banks

Due to their short-term nature, the carrying amounts for Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-earning Deposits with Banks reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximate fair value.

Securities Held to Maturity

We primarily use prices obtained from pricing services, dealer quotes or recent trades to determine the fair value of securities. Refer to the Fair Value Measurement section of this Note 6 for additional information relating to our pricing processes and procedures.

Net Loans

Fair values are estimated based on the discounted value of expected net cash flows incorporating assumptions about prepayment rates, net credit losses and servicing fees. Nonaccrual loans are valued at their estimated recovery value. Loans are presented net of the ALLL.

Other Assets

Other assets includes accrued interest receivable, cash collateral, federal funds sold and resale agreements, equity investments carried at cost, certain loans held for sale, and FHLB and FRB stock. The aggregate carrying value of our FHLB and FRB stock was $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2015, which approximated fair value at each date.

Deposits

For deposits with no defined maturity, such as noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand and interest-bearing money market and savings deposits, carrying values approximate fair values. For time deposits, fair values are estimated by discounting contractual cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturities.

Borrowed Funds

For short-term borrowings, including Federal funds purchased, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and certain other short-term borrowings and payables, carrying values approximated fair values. For long-term borrowed funds, quoted market prices are used, when available, to estimate fair value. When quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on current market interest rates and credit spreads for debt with similar terms and maturities.

Unfunded Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

The fair value of unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit is determined from a market participant’s view including the impact of changes in interest rates and credit. Because our obligation on substantially all unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit varies with changes in interest rates, these instruments are subject to little fluctuation in fair value due to changes in interest rates. We establish a liability on these facilities related to the creditworthiness of our counterparty.

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities includes interest-bearing cash collateral held related to derivatives and other accrued liabilities. Due to its short term nature, the carrying value of Other liabilities reported on our Consolidated Balance Sheet approximates fair value.

 

50


The carrying amounts and estimated fair values, as well as the level within the fair value hierarchy, of these financial instruments as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows.

Table 57: Additional Fair Value Information Related to Other Financial Instruments

 

     Carrying
Amount
     Fair Value  

In millions

      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

December 31, 2016

              

Assets

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,879      $ 4,879      $ 4,879        

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     25,711        25,711         $ 25,711     

Securities held to maturity

     15,843        15,866        540        15,208      $ 118  

Net loans (excludes leases)

     199,766        201,863              201,863  

Other assets

     4,793        5,243           4,666        577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 250,992      $ 253,562      $ 5,419      $ 45,585      $ 202,558  

Liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 257,164      $ 257,038         $ 257,038     

Borrowed funds

     51,736        52,322           50,941      $ 1,381  

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     301        301              301  

Other liabilities

     417        417           417     
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 309,618      $ 310,078         $ 308,396      $ 1,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

              

Assets

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 4,065      $ 4,065      $ 4,065        

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     30,546        30,546         $ 30,546     

Securities held to maturity

     14,768        15,002        298        14,698      $ 6  

Net loans (excludes leases)

     195,579        197,611              197,611  

Other assets

     4,286        4,877           4,221        656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 249,244      $ 252,101      $ 4,363      $ 49,465      $ 198,273  

Liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 249,002      $ 248,963         $ 248,963     

Borrowed funds

     53,452        53,693           52,269      $ 1,424  

Unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     245        245              245  

Other liabilities

     309        309           309     
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 303,008      $ 303,210         $ 301,541      $ 1,669  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

 

 

The aggregate fair value in Table 57 represents only a portion of the total market value of our total assets and liabilities as, in accordance with the guidance related to fair values about financial instruments, we exclude the following:

 

    financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis (as they are disclosed in Table 50),

 

    investments accounted for under the equity method,

 

    real and personal property,

 

    lease financing,

 

    loan customer relationships,

 

    deposit customer intangibles,

 

    mortgage servicing rights,

 

    retail branch networks,

 

    fee-based businesses, such as asset management and brokerage, and

 

    trademarks and brand names.

 

51


NOTE 7 GOODWILL AND MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Assets and liabilities of acquired entities are recorded at estimated fair value as of the acquisition date.

Goodwill

Allocations of Goodwill by business segment during 2016, 2015 and 2014 follow:

Table 58: Goodwill by Business Segment (a)

 

In millions

   Retail
Banking
     Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
     Asset
Management
Group
     Total  

Goodwill

   $ 5,795      $ 3,244      $ 64      $ 9,103  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The BlackRock business segment did not have any allocated goodwill during 2016, 2015 and 2014.

We conduct a goodwill impairment test on our reporting units at least annually, in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events occur or circumstances have changed significantly from the annual test date. The fair value of our reporting units with goodwill is determined by using discounted cash flow and market comparability methodologies. Based on the results of our analysis, there were no impairment charges related to goodwill in 2016, 2015 or 2014.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

We recognize the right to service mortgage loans for others when we recognize it as an intangible asset and the servicing income we receive is more than adequate compensation. MSRs are purchased or originated when loans are sold with servicing retained. MSRs totaled $1.8 billion and $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and consisted of loan servicing contracts for commercial and residential mortgages measured at fair value.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

We recognize gains/(losses) on changes in the fair value of commercial MSRs. Commercial MSRs are subject to declines in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of commercial MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of commercial MSRs declines (or increases).

The fair value of commercial MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow model incorporating inputs for assumptions as to constant prepayment rates, discount rates and other factors determined based on current market conditions and expectations.

Changes in the commercial MSRs follow:

Table 59: Commercial Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

January 1

   $ 526      $ 506      $ 552  

Additions:

        

From loans sold with servicing retained

     61        63        53  

Purchases

     36        55        43  

Changes in fair value due to:

        

Time and payoffs (a)

     (92      (89      (89

Other (b)

     45        (9      (53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 576      $ 526      $ 506  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Related unpaid principal balance at December 31

   $ 143,139      $ 145,823      $ 143,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Servicing advances at December 31

   $ 265      $ 251      $ 299  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

Residential MSRs are subject to declines in value from actual or expected prepayment of the underlying loans and defaults as well as market driven changes in interest rates. We manage this risk by economically hedging the fair value of residential MSRs with securities and derivative instruments which are expected to increase (or decrease) in value when the value of residential MSRs declines (or increases).

 

52


The fair value of residential MSRs is estimated by using a discounted cash flow valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, taking into consideration actual and expected mortgage loan prepayment rates, discount rates, servicing costs, and other economic factors which are determined based on current market conditions.

Changes in the residential MSRs follow:

Table 60: Residential Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

January 1

   $ 1,063     $ 845     $ 1,087  

Additions:

      

From loans sold with servicing retained

     62       78       85  

Purchases

     188       316       45  

Changes in fair value due to:

      

Time and payoffs (a)

     (168     (178     (134

Other (b)

     37       2       (238
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31

   $ 1,182     $ 1,063     $ 845  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of loans serviced for others at December 31

   $ 125,381     $ 123,466     $ 108,010  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Servicing advances at December 31

   $ 302     $ 411     $ 501  

 

(a) Represents decrease in MSR value due to passage of time, including the impact from both regularly scheduled loan principal payments and loans that were paid down or paid off during the period.
(b) Represents MSR value changes resulting primarily from market-driven changes in interest rates.

Sensitivity Analysis

The fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and significant inputs to the valuation models as of December 31, 2016 are shown in Tables 61 and 62. The expected and actual rates of mortgage loan prepayments are significant factors driving the fair value. Management uses both internal proprietary models and a third-party model to estimate future commercial mortgage loan prepayments and a third-party model to estimate future residential mortgage loan prepayments. These models have been refined based on current market conditions and management judgment. Future interest rates are another important factor in the valuation of MSRs. Management utilizes market implied forward interest rates to estimate the future direction of mortgage and discount rates. The forward rates utilized are derived from the current yield curve for U.S. dollar interest rate swaps and are consistent with pricing of capital markets instruments. Changes in the shape and slope of the forward curve in future periods may result in volatility in the fair value estimate.

A sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to adverse changes in key assumptions is presented in Tables 61 and 62. These sensitivities do not include the impact of the related hedging activities. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSRs is calculated independently without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example, changes in mortgage interest rates, which drive changes in prepayment rate estimates, could result in changes in the interest rate spread), which could either magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following tables set forth the fair value of commercial and residential MSRs and the sensitivity analysis of the hypothetical effect on the fair value of MSRs to immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:

Table 61: Commercial Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights—Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions

   December 31
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Fair value

   $ 576     $ 526  

Weighted-average life (years)

     4.6       4.7  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     8.61     5.71

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 11     $ 10  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 21     $ 19  

Effective discount rate

     7.52     7.49

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 16     $ 14  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 31     $ 29  

 

53


Table 62: Residential Mortgage Loan Servicing Rights—Key Valuation Assumptions

 

Dollars in millions

   December 31
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Fair value

   $ 1,182     $ 1,063  

Weighted-average life (years)

     6.8       6.3  

Weighted-average constant prepayment rate

     9.41     10.61

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 45     $ 44  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 86     $ 85  

Weighted-average option adjusted spread

     850 bps       893 bps  

Decline in fair value from 10% adverse change

   $ 37     $ 34  

Decline in fair value from 20% adverse change

   $ 72     $ 67  

Fees from mortgage loan servicing, which includes contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees were $.5 billion for 2016, 2015 and 2014. We also generate servicing fees from fee-based activities provided to others for which we do not have an associated servicing asset. Fees from commercial and residential MSRs are reported on our Consolidated Income Statement in the line items Corporate services and Residential mortgage, respectively.

NOTE 8 PREMISES, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements, stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, were as follows:

Table 63: Premises, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 

In millions

   December 31
2016
    December 31
2015
 

Premises, equipment and leasehold improvements

   $ 10,410     $ 10,257  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,888     (4,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

   $ 5,522     $ 5,908  

Depreciation expense on premises, equipment and leasehold improvements and amortization expense, excluding intangible assets, primarily for capitalized internally developed software was as follows:

Table 64: Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

Year ended December 31
In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Depreciation

   $ 683      $ 643      $ 618  

Amortization

     46        40        30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization

     729        683        648  

We lease certain facilities and equipment under agreements expiring at various dates through the year 2081. We account for these as operating leases. Rental expense on such leases was as follows:

Table 65: Lease Rental Expense

 

Year ended December 31
In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Lease rental expense

   $ 442      $ 460      $ 414  

 

54


Required minimum annual rentals that we owe on noncancelable leases having initial or remaining terms in excess of one year totaled $2.5 billion at December 31, 2016. Future minimum annual rentals are as follows:

Table 66: Minimum Annual Lease Rentals

 

In millions

      

2017

   $ 381  

2018

   $ 356  

2019

   $ 301  

2020

   $ 251  

2021

   $ 208  

2022 and thereafter

   $ 1,035  

NOTE 9 TIME DEPOSITS

Total time deposits of $17.6 billion at December 31, 2016 have future contractual maturities, including related purchase accounting adjustments, as follows:

Table 67: Time Deposits

 

In billions

      

2017

   $ 12.2  

2018

   $ 1.0  

2019

   $ 0.5  

2020

   $ 0.9  

2021

   $ 1.0  

2022 and thereafter

   $ 2.0  

NOTE 10 BORROWED FUNDS

The following shows the carrying value of total borrowed funds of $52.7 billion at December 31, 2016 (including adjustments related to purchase accounting, accounting hedges and unamortized original issuance discounts) by remaining contractual maturity:

Table 68: Borrowed Funds

 

In billions

      

2017

   $ 14.4  

2018

   $ 12.2  

2019

   $ 10.3  

2020

   $ 4.6  

2021

   $ 2.2  

2022 and thereafter

   $ 9.0  

 

55


The following table presents the contractual rates and maturity dates of our FHLB borrowings, senior debt and subordinated debt as of December 31, 2016 and the carrying values as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Table 69: FHLB Borrowings, Senior Debt and Subordinated Debt

 

     Stated Rate      Maturity      Carrying Value  

In millions

   2016      2016      2016      2015  

Parent Company

           

Senior debt

     2.85%-6.70%        2019-2022      $ 3,960      $ 5,265  

Subordinated debt

     3.90%-6.88%        2017-2024        2,038        2,061  

Junior subordinated debt

     1.50%        2028        205        205  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

     6,203        7,531  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank

           

FHLB (a)

     zero-6.50%        2017-2030        17,549        20,108  

Senior debt

     0.45%-3.30%        2017-2043        19,012        16,033  

Subordinated debt

     1.32%-6.88%        2017-2025        5,766        6,290  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

     42,327        42,431  
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

 

   $ 48,530      $ 49,962  

 

(a) FHLB borrowings are generally collateralized by residential mortgage loans, other mortgage-related loans and commercial mortgage-backed securities.

In Table 69, the carrying values for Parent Company senior and subordinated debt include basis adjustments of $118 million and $42 million, respectively, whereas Bank senior and subordinated debt include basis adjustments of $(75) million and $67 million, respectively, related to fair value accounting hedges as of December 31, 2016.

Also included in borrowed funds are repurchase agreements. Additionally, certain borrowings are reported at fair value. Refer to Note 6 Fair Value for more information on those borrowings.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

PNC Capital Trust C, a wholly-owned finance subsidiary of PNC, owns junior subordinated debentures issued by PNC with a carrying value of $205 million. In June 1998, PNC Capital Trust C issued $200 million of trust preferred securities which bear interest at an annual rate of 3 month LIBOR plus 57 basis points. The trust preferred securities are currently redeemable by PNC Capital Trust C at par. In accordance with GAAP, the financial statements of the Trust are not included in our consolidated financial statements.

The obligations of PNC, as the parent of the Trust, when taken collectively, are the equivalent of a full and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Trust under the terms of the trust preferred securities. Such guarantee is subordinate in right of payment in the same manner as other junior subordinated debt. There are certain restrictions on our overall ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries. For additional disclosure on these funding restrictions, see Note 18 Regulatory Matters. PNC and PNC Bank are also subject to restrictions on dividends and other provisions potentially imposed by the REIT preferred securities, including under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II, as described in Note 15 Equity.

We are subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions on dividend payments, in connection with the outstanding junior subordinated debentures. Generally, if there is (i) an event of default under the debenture, (ii) we elect to defer interest on the debenture, (iii) we exercise our right to defer payments on the related trust preferred securities, or (iv) there is a default under our guarantee of such payment obligations, then we would be subject during the period of such default or deferral to restrictions on dividends and other provisions protecting the status of the debenture holders similar to or in some ways more restrictive than those potentially imposed under the Exchange Agreement with PNC Preferred Funding Trust II, as described in Note 15 Equity.

NOTE 11 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension and Postretirement Plans

We have a noncontributory, qualified defined benefit pension plan covering eligible employees. Benefits are determined using a cash balance formula where earnings credits are a percentage of eligible compensation. Earnings credit percentages for those employees who were plan participants on December 31, 2009 are frozen at the level earned to that point. Earnings credits for all employees who became participants on or after January 1, 2010 are a flat 3% of eligible compensation. All plan participants earn interest on their cash balances based on 30-year Treasury securities rates with those who were participants at December 31, 2009 earning a minimum rate. New participants on or after January 1, 2010 are not subject to the minimum rate. Any pension contributions to the plan are based on an actuarially determined amount necessary to fund total benefits payable to plan participants. We made voluntary contributions of $.3 billion and $.2 billion in December 2016 and February 2015, respectively, to the qualified pension plan.

 

56


We also maintain nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for certain employees and provide certain health care and life insurance benefits for qualifying retired employees (postretirement benefits) through various plans. PNC reserves the right to terminate or make changes to these plans at any time. The nonqualified pension plan is unfunded. Contributions from PNC and, in the case of the postretirement benefit plans, participant contributions cover all benefits paid under the nonqualified pension plan and postretirement benefit plans. The postretirement plan provides benefits to certain retirees that are at least actuarially equivalent to those provided by Medicare Part D and accordingly, we receive a federal subsidy as shown in Table 70. In November of 2015, we established a voluntary employee beneficiary association (VEBA) to partially fund postretirement medical and life insurance benefit obligations.

We use a measurement date of December 31 for plan assets and benefit obligations. A reconciliation of the changes in the projected benefit obligation for qualified pension, nonqualified pension and postretirement benefit plans as well as the change in plan assets for the qualified pension plan follows.

Table 70: Reconciliation of Changes in Projected Benefit Obligation and Change in Plan Assets

 

     Qualified
Pension
    Nonqualified
Pension
    Postretirement
Benefits
 

December 31 (Measurement Date) – in millions

   2016     2015     2016     2015     2016     2015  

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 4,495     $ 4,330     $ 282     $ 292      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 4,397     $ 4,499     $ 298     $ 322     $ 368     $ 379  

Service cost

     102       107       3       3       6       5  

Interest cost

     186       177       12       11       15       15  

Actuarial (gains)/losses and changes in assumptions

     131       (126     7       (10     6       (9

Participant contributions

             4       5  

Federal Medicare subsidy on benefits paid

             1       2  

Benefits paid

     (269     (260     (31     (28     (27     (28

Settlement payments

               (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 4,547     $ 4,397     $ 289     $ 298     $ 373     $ 368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 4,316     $ 4,357         $ 200    

Actual return on plan assets

     320       19           (7  

Employer contribution

     250       200     $ 31     $ 28       37     $ 222  

Participant contributions

             4       5  

Federal Medicare subsidy on benefits paid

             1       2  

Benefits paid

     (269     (260     (31     (28     (27     (28

Settlement payments

               (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 4,617     $ 4,316       —         —       $ 208       200  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ 70     $ (81   $ (289   $ (298   $ (165   $ (168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized on the consolidated balance sheet

            

Noncurrent asset

   $ 70            

Current liability

       $ (27   $ (27   $ (2   $ (2

Noncurrent liability

     $ (81     (262     (271     (163     (166
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized on the consolidated balance sheet

   $ 70     $ (81   $ (289   $ (298   $ (165   $ (168
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:

            

Prior service cost (credit)

   $ (7   $ (13     $ 1     $ (3   $ (3

Net actuarial loss

     841       794     $ 74       71       40       22  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amount recognized in AOCI

   $ 834     $ 781     $ 74     $ 72     $ 37     $ 19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, the fair value of the qualified pension plan assets was more than both the accumulated benefit obligation and the projected benefit obligation.

PNC Pension Plan Assets

The long-term investment strategy for pension plan assets in our qualified pension plan (the Plan) is to:

 

    Meet present and future benefit obligations to all participants and beneficiaries,

 

    Cover reasonable expenses incurred to provide such benefits, including expenses incurred in the administration of the Trust and the Plan,

 

    Provide sufficient liquidity to meet benefit and expense payment requirements on a timely basis, and

 

57


    Provide a total return that, over the long term, maximizes the ratio of trust assets to liabilities by maximizing investment return, at an appropriate level of risk.

The Plan’s named investment fiduciary has the ability to make short to intermediate term asset allocation shifts under the dynamic asset allocation strategy based on factors such as the Plan’s funded status, the named investment fiduciary’s view of return on equities relative to long term expectations, the named investment fiduciary’s view on the direction of interest rates and credit spreads, and other relevant financial or economic factors which would be expected to impact the ability of the Trust to meet its obligation to participants and beneficiaries. Accordingly, the allowable asset allocation ranges have been updated to incorporate the flexibility required by the dynamic allocation policy.

The asset strategy allocations for the Trust at the end of 2016 and 2015, and the target allocation range at the end of 2016, by asset category, are as follows.

Table 71: Asset Strategy Allocations

 

     Target Allocation Range     Target Percentage of Plan
Assets by Strategy at
December 31
 

PNC Pension Plan

         2016     2015  

Asset Category

      

Domestic Equity

     20 - 40     28     32

International Equity

     10 - 25     21     23

Private Equity

     0 -15     8     8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

     40 -70     57     63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Domestic Fixed Income

     10 - 40     16     17

High Yield Fixed Income

     0 -25     12     12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Fixed Income

     10 - 65     28     29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real estate

     0 -15     5     5

Other

     0 - 5     10     3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The asset category represents the allocation of Plan assets in accordance with the investment objective of each of the Plan’s investment managers. Certain domestic equity investment managers utilize derivatives and fixed income securities as described in their Investment Management Agreements to achieve their investment objective under the Investment Policy Statement. Other investment managers may invest in eligible securities outside of their assigned asset category to meet their investment objectives. The actual percentage of the fair value of total Plan assets held as of December 31, 2016 for equity securities, fixed income securities, real estate and all other assets are 65%, 19%, 5% and 11%, respectively.

We believe that, over the long term, asset allocation is the single greatest determinant of risk. Asset allocation will deviate from the target percentages due to market movement, cash flows, investment manager performance and implementation of shifts under the dynamic asset allocation policy. Material deviations from the asset allocation targets can alter the expected return and risk of the Trust. On the other hand, frequent rebalancing of the asset allocation targets may result in significant transaction costs, which can impair the Trust’s ability to meet its investment objective. Accordingly, the Trust portfolio is periodically rebalanced to maintain asset allocation within the target ranges described above.

In addition to being diversified across asset classes, the Trust is diversified within each asset class. Secondary diversification provides a reasonable basis for the expectation that no single security or class of securities will have a disproportionate impact on the total risk and return of the Trust.

Where investment strategies permit the use of derivatives and/or currency management, language is incorporated in the managers’ guidelines to define allowable and prohibited transactions and/or strategies. Derivatives are typically employed by investment managers to modify risk/return characteristics of their portfolio(s), implement asset allocation changes in a cost effective manner, or reduce transaction costs. Under the managers’ investment guidelines, derivatives may not be used solely for speculation or leverage. Derivatives are to be used only in circumstances where they offer the most efficient economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of the portfolio.

Fair Value Measurements

As further described in Note 6 Fair Value, GAAP establishes the framework for measuring fair value, including a hierarchy used to classify the inputs used in measuring fair value.

 

58


A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 follows:

 

    Money market funds are valued at the net asset value of the shares held by the pension plan at year end.

 

    U.S. government and agency securities, corporate debt and common stock are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. If quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Such securities are generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy but may be a Level 3 depending on the level of liquidity and activity in the market for the security.

 

    Other investments held by the pension plan include derivative financial instruments, which are recorded at estimated fair value as determined by third-party appraisals and pricing models, and group annuity contracts, which are measured at fair value by discounting the related cash flows based on current yields of similar instruments with comparable durations considering the credit-worthiness of the issuer. Also included in other investments is preferred stock valued at the closing price reported on an active market on which the securities are traded.

 

    Investments measured at net asset value include collective trust fund investments and limited partnerships. Collective trust fund investments are valued based upon the units of such collective trust fund held by the Plan at year end multiplied by the respective unit value. The unit value of the collective trust fund is based upon significant observable inputs, although it is not based upon quoted marked prices in an active market. The underlying investments of the collective trust funds consist primarily of equity securities, debt obligations, short-term investments, and other marketable securities. Due to the nature of these securities, there are no unfunded commitments or redemption restrictions. Limited partnerships are valued by investment managers based on recent financial information used to estimate fair value. The unit value of limited partnerships is based upon significant observable inputs, although it is not based upon quoted marked prices in an active market. In accordance with ASC 820-10, collective trust fund investments and limited partnerships are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

These methods may result in fair value calculations that may not be indicative of net realizable values or future fair values. Furthermore, while the pension plan believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Plan’s assets at fair value as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Table 72: Pension Plan Assets—Fair Value Hierarchy

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using:  

In millions

   December 31, 2016
Fair Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Interest bearing cash

   $ 45      $ 35      $ 10     

Money market funds

     404        404        

U.S. government and agency securities

     285        158        127     

Corporate debt

     580           572      $ 8  

Common stock

     652        645        7     

Other

     60           60     

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

     2,591           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,617      $ 1,242      $ 776      $ 8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

59


     Fair Value Measurements Using:  

In millions

   December 31,
2015 Fair Value
     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets For
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Money market funds

   $ 154      $ 154        

U.S. government and agency securities

     324        186      $ 138     

Corporate debt

     575           568      $ 7  

Common stock

     660        630        30     

Other

     25        1        24     

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

     2,578           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,316      $ 971      $ 760      $ 7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) In accordance with ASC 820-10, collective trust fund investments and limited partnerships are measured at fair value using the NAV per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient and have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table provides information regarding our estimated future cash flows related to our various plans.

Table 73: Estimated Cash Flows

 

     Pension Plans      Postretirement Benefits  

In millions

   Qualified
Pension
     Nonqualified
Pension
     Gross PNC
Benefit Payments
     Reduction in PNC
Benefit Payments Due
to Medicare Part D
Subsidy
 

Estimated 2017 employer contributions

 

   $ 27      $ 29      $ 1  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Estimated future benefit payments

           

2017

   $ 285      $ 28      $ 29      $ 1  

2018

   $ 300      $ 29      $ 30      $ 1  

2019

   $ 310      $ 26      $ 29      $ 1  

2020

   $ 311      $ 25      $ 29      $ 1  

2021

   $ 312      $ 24      $ 28      $ 1  

2022-2026

   $ 1,563      $ 104      $ 132      $ 2  

The qualified pension plan contributions are deposited into the Trust, and the qualified pension plan benefit payments are paid from the Trust. Notwithstanding the contributions, we do not expect to be required to make a contribution to the qualified plan for 2017 based on the funding calculations under the Pension Protection Act of 2006. For the other plans, total contributions and the benefit payments are the same and represent expected benefit amounts, which are paid from general assets. Postretirement benefits are net of participant contributions. Estimated cash flows reflect the partial funding of postretirement medical and life insurance obligations in the VEBA.

The components of net periodic benefit cost/(income) and other amounts recognized in Other comprehensive income (OCI) were as follows.

 

60


Table 74: Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

     Qualified Pension Plan     Nonqualified Pension Plan     Postretirement Benefits  

Year ended December 31 – in millions

   2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014     2016     2015     2014  

Net periodic cost consists of:

                  

Service cost

   $ 102     $ 107     $ 103     $ 3     $ 3     $ 3     $ 6     $ 5     $ 5  

Interest cost

     186       177       187       12       11       12       15       15       16  

Expected return on plan assets

     (281     (297     (289           (6    

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

     (7     (9     (8           (1     (1     (2

Amortization of actuarial (gain)/loss

     45       31         5       7       4        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic cost (benefit)

     45       9       (7     20       21       19       14       19       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive income:

                  

Current year prior service cost/(credit)

         (7            

Amortization of prior service (cost)/credit

     7       9       8             1       1       2  

Current year actuarial loss/(gain)

     91       152       434       7       (10     40       17       (9     4  

Amortization of actuarial gain/(loss)

     (45     (31       (5     (7     (4      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in OCI

     53       130       435       2       (17     36       18       (8     6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amounts recognized in net periodic cost and OCI

   $ 98     $ 139     $ 428     $ 22     $ 4     $ 55     $ 32     $ 11     $ 25  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the beginning of each year) to determine the net periodic costs shown in Table 74 were as follows.

Table 75: Net Periodic Costs - Assumptions

 

     Net Periodic Cost Determination  

Year ended December 31

   2016     2015     2014  

Discount rate

      

Qualified pension

     4.25     3.95     4.75

Nonqualified pension

     3.95     3.65     4.35

Postretirement benefits

     4.15     3.80     4.50

Rate of compensation increase (average)

     3.50     4.00     4.00

Assumed health care cost trend rate

      

Initial trend

     7.25     7.50     7.75

Ultimate trend

     5.00     5.00     5.00

Year ultimate trend reached

     2025       2025       2025  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     6.75     6.75     7.00

The weighted-average assumptions used (as of the end of each year) to determine year end obligations for pension and postretirement benefits were as follows.

 

61


Table 76: Other Pension Assumptions

 

Year ended December 31

   2016     2015  

Discount rate

    

Qualified pension

     4.00     4.25

Nonqualified pension

     3.80     3.95

Postretirement benefits

     3.90     4.15

Rate of compensation increase (average)

     3.50     3.50

Assumed health care cost trend rate

    

Initial trend

     7.00     7.25

Ultimate trend

     5.00     5.00

Year ultimate trend reached

     2025       2025  

The discount rates are determined independently for each plan by comparing the expected future benefits that will be paid under each plan with yields available on high quality corporate bonds of similar duration. For this analysis, 10% of bonds with the highest yields and 40% with the lowest yields were removed from the bond universe.

The expected return on plan assets is a long-term assumption established by considering historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. For purposes of setting and reviewing this assumption, “long term” refers to the period over which the plan’s projected benefit obligations will be disbursed. We review this assumption at each measurement date and adjust it if warranted. Our selection process references certain historical data and the current environment, but primarily utilizes qualitative judgment regarding future return expectations. We also examine the assumption used by other companies with similar pension investment strategies. Taking into account all of these factors, the expected long-term return on plan assets for determining net periodic pension cost for 2016 was 6.75%. We are reducing our expected long-term return on assets to 6.375% for determining pension cost for 2017. This decision was made after considering the views of both internal and external capital market advisors, particularly with regard to the effects of the recent economic environment on long-term prospective equity and fixed income returns.

PNC’s net periodic benefit cost recognized for the plans is sensitive to the discount rate and expected long-term return on plan assets. With all other assumptions held constant, a .5% decline in the discount rate would have resulted in an immaterial increase in net periodic benefit cost for the qualified pension plan in 2016, and to be recognized in 2017. For the nonqualified pension plan and postretirement benefits, a .5% decline in the discount rate would also have resulted in an immaterial increase in net periodic benefit cost.

The health care cost trend rate assumptions shown in Tables 75 and 76 relate only to the postretirement benefit plans. The effect of a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in assumed health care cost trend rates would be insignificant.

Defined Contribution Plans

The PNC Incentive Savings Plan (ISP) is a qualified defined contribution plan that covers all of our eligible employees. Effective January 1, 2015, newly-hired full time employees and part-time employees who became eligible to participate in the ISP after that date are automatically enrolled in the ISP with a deferral rate equal to 4% of eligible compensation in the absence of an affirmative election otherwise. Employee benefits expense related to the ISP was $.1 billion in 2016, 2015 and 2014, representing cash contributed to the ISP by PNC.

The ISP is a 401(k) Plan and includes an employee stock ownership (ESOP) feature. Employee contributions are invested in a number of investment options, including pre mixed portfolios and individual core funds, available under the ISP at the direction of the employee.

NOTE 12 STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

We have long-term incentive award plans (Incentive Plans) that provide for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive shares/performance units, restricted shares, restricted share units, other share-based awards and dollar-denominated awards to executives and, other than incentive stock options, to non-employee directors. Certain Incentive Plan awards may be paid in stock, cash or a combination of stock and cash. We typically grant a substantial portion of our stock-based compensation awards during the first quarter of each year.

Total compensation expense recognized related to all share-based payment arrangements was approximately $.2 billion during each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. The total tax benefit recognized related to compensation expense on all share-based payment arrangements was approximately $.1 billion during each of 2016, 2015 and 2014. At December 31, 2016, there was $.2 billion of unamortized share- based compensation expense related to nonvested equity compensation arrangements granted under the Incentive Plans. This unamortized cost is expected to be recognized as expense over a period of no longer than five years.

 

62


Nonqualified Stock Options

We did not grant any stock options in 2016, 2015 or 2014. Prior to 2014, options were granted at exercise prices not less than the market value of a share of common stock on the grant date. Generally, options become exercisable in installments after the grant date. No option can be exercised after 10 years from its grant date. Payment of the option exercise price may be in cash or by surrendering shares of common stock at market value on the exercise date. The exercise price may also be paid by using previously owned shares.

The following table represents the stock option activity for 2016.

Table 77: Stock Options - Rollforward (a)

 

Year ended December 31, 2016

In millions except weighted-average data

   Shares      Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding, January 1

     5      $ 55.50        

Exercised

     (2    $ 56.43        
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Outstanding, December 31

     3      $ 55.16        2.7 years      $ 181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable, December 31

     3      $ 55.16        2.7 years      $ 181  
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(a) Cancelled stock options during 2016 were insignificant.

To determine stock-based compensation expense, the grant date fair value is applied to the options granted with a reduction for estimated forfeitures. We recognize compensation expense for stock options on a straight-line basis over the specified vesting period.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, options for 5 million and 6 million shares of common stock were exercisable at a weighted-average price of $55.42 and $56.21, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $.1 billion during 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Cash received from option exercises under all Incentive Plans for 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $.1 billion, $.1 billion and $.2 billion, respectively. The tax benefit realized from option exercises under all Incentive Plans was insignificant for 2016, 2015 and 2014.

Shares of common stock available during the next year for the granting of options and other awards under the Incentive Plans were approximately 39 million shares at December 31, 2016. Total shares of PNC common stock authorized for future issuance under all equity compensation plans totaled approximately 40 million shares at December 31, 2016.

During 2016, we issued approximately 2 million common shares from treasury stock in connection with stock option exercise activity. As with past exercise activity, we currently intend to utilize primarily treasury stock for any future stock option exercises.

Incentive/Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Share/Restricted Share Unit Awards

The fair value of nonvested incentive/performance unit awards and restricted share/restricted share unit awards is initially determined based on prices not less than the market value of our common stock on the date of grant with a reduction for estimated forfeitures. The value of certain incentive/performance unit awards is subsequently remeasured based on the achievement of one or more financial and other performance goals. Additionally, certain incentive/performance unit awards require subsequent adjustment to their current market value due to certain discretionary risk review triggers.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of incentive/performance unit awards and restricted share/restricted share unit awards granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $78.37, $91.57 and $80.79 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of incentive/performance unit and restricted share/restricted share unit awards vested during 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately $.1 billion, $.2 billion and $.1 billion, respectively. We recognize compensation expense for such awards ratably over the corresponding vesting and/or performance periods for each type of program.

 

63


Table 78: Nonvested Incentive/Performance Unit Awards and Restricted Share/Restricted Share Unit Awards - Rollforward (a)

 

Shares in millions

   Nonvested
Incentive/
Performance
Units Shares
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
     Nonvested
Restricted
Share/
Restricted
Share
Units
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

December 31, 2015

     2      $ 79.27        3      $ 79.26  

Granted (b)

     1      $ 77.77        1      $ 78.71  

Vested/Released (b)

     (1    $ 71.59        (1    $ 65.53  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

     2      $ 81.42        3      $ 83.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Forfeited awards during 2016 were insignificant.
(b) Includes adjustments for achieving specific performance goals for Incentive/Performance Unit Share Awards granted in prior periods.

In Table 78, the units and related weighted-average grant date fair value of the incentive/performance unit share awards exclude the effect of dividends on the underlying shares, as those dividends will be paid in cash if and when the underlying shares are issued to the participants.

BlackRock Long-term Incentive Plans (LTIP)

BlackRock adopted the 2002 LTIP program to help attract and retain qualified professionals. At that time, we agreed to transfer up to four million shares of BlackRock common stock to fund a portion of the 2002 LTIP program and future LTIP programs approved by BlackRock’s Board of Directors.

In 2009, our obligation to deliver any remaining BlackRock common shares was replaced with an obligation to deliver shares of BlackRock’s Series C Preferred Stock held by us.

In 2016, we transferred .5 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock in connection with our obligation. At December 31, 2016, we held approximately .8 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock which were available to fund our obligations. See Note 23 Subsequent Events for information on our February 1, 2017 transfer of .5 million shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation.

We account for our BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock at fair value, which offsets the impact of marking-to-market the obligation to deliver these shares to BlackRock. See Note 6 Fair Value for additional information regarding the valuation of the BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock.

NOTE 13 FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES

We use derivative financial instruments primarily to help manage exposure to interest rate, market and credit risk and reduce the effects that changes in interest rates may have on net income, the fair value of assets and liabilities, and cash flows. We also enter into derivatives with customers to facilitate their risk management activities. Derivatives represent contracts between parties that usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash or another type of asset to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified in the contract.

Derivative transactions are often measured in terms of notional amount, but this amount is generally not exchanged and it is not recorded on the balance sheet. The notional amount is the basis to which the underlying is applied to determine required payments under the derivative contract. The underlying is a referenced interest rate (commonly LIBOR), security price, credit spread or other index. Residential and commercial real estate loan commitments associated with loans to be sold also qualify as derivative instruments.

 

64


The following table presents the notional amounts and gross fair values of all derivative assets and liabilities held by us:

Table 79: Total Gross Derivatives

 

     December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  

In millions

   Notional /
Contract
Amount
     Asset Fair Value
(a)
    Liability Fair
Value (b)
    Notional /
Contract
Amount
     Asset Fair
Value (a)
    Liability Fair
Value (b)
 

Derivatives used for hedging under GAAP

              

Interest rate contracts (c):

              

Fair value hedges

   $ 34,010      $ 551     $ 214     $ 31,690      $ 712     $ 171  

Cash flow hedges

     20,831        313       71       19,279        416       3  

Foreign exchange contracts:

              

Net investment hedges

     945        25         1,105        31    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated for hedging

   $ 55,786      $ 889     $ 285     $ 52,074      $ 1,159     $ 174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not used for hedging under GAAP

              

Derivatives used for mortgage banking activities (d):

              

Interest rate contracts:

              

Swaps

   $ 49,071      $ 783     $ 505     $ 41,527      $ 835     $ 462  

Futures (e)

     36,264            36,127       

Mortgage-backed commitments

     13,317        96       56       13,039        47       22  

Other

     31,907        28       4       7,289        29       15  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     130,559        907       565       97,982        911       499  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

              

Interest rate contracts:

              

Swaps

     173,777        2,373       2,214       157,041        2,507       2,433  

Futures (e)

     4,053            1,673       

Mortgage-backed commitments

     2,955        10       8       1,910        5       2  

Other

     16,203        55       53       16,083        104       24  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     196,988        2,438       2,275       176,707        2,616       2,459  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts and other

     21,889        342       309       15,914        196       202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     218,877        2,780       2,584       192,621        2,812       2,661  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

              

Foreign exchange contracts and other (f)

     5,581        40       405       5,299        59       468  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated for hedging

   $ 355,017      $ 3,727     $ 3,554     $ 295,902      $ 3,782     $ 3,628  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross derivatives

   $ 410,803      $ 4,616     $ 3,839     $ 347,976      $ 4,941     $ 3,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Impact of legally enforceable master netting agreements

        (2,460     (2,460        (2,554     (2,554

Less: Cash collateral received/paid

        (657     (484        (551     (608
     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 

   $ 1,499     $ 895        $ 1,836     $ 640  
     

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(c) Represents primarily swaps.
(d) Includes both residential and commercial mortgage banking activities.
(e) Futures contracts settle in cash daily and, therefore, no derivative asset or derivative liability is recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(f) Includes our obligation to fund a portion of certain BlackRock LTIP programs and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.

All derivatives are carried on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. Derivative balances are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheet on a net basis taking into consideration the effects of legally enforceable master netting agreements and, when appropriate, any related cash collateral exchanged with counterparties. Further discussion regarding the offsetting rights associated with these legally enforceable master netting agreements is included in the Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features section below. Any nonperformance risk, including credit risk, is included in the determination of the estimated net fair value of the derivatives.

Further discussion on how derivatives are accounted for is included in Note 1 Accounting Policies.

Derivatives Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP

Certain derivatives used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk as part of our asset and liability risk management activities are designated as accounting hedges under GAAP. Derivatives hedging the risks associated with changes in the fair value of assets or liabilities are considered fair value hedges, derivatives hedging the variability of expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges, and derivatives hedging a net investment in a foreign subsidiary are considered net investment hedges. Designating derivatives as accounting hedges allows for gains and losses on those derivatives, to the extent effective, to be recognized in the income statement in the same period the hedged items affect earnings.

 

65


Fair Value Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of outstanding fixed-rate debt caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. We also enter into pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swaps and zero-coupon swaps to hedge changes in the fair value of fixed rate and zero-coupon investment securities caused by fluctuations in market interest rates. For these hedge relationships, we use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all periods presented.

Further detail regarding gains (losses) on fair value hedge derivatives and related hedged items is presented in the following table:

Table 80: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Hedged Items - Fair Value Hedges (a)

 

              Year ended  
              December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  

In millions

  

Hedged Items

  

Location

  Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
    Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
    Gain
(Loss) on
Derivatives
Recognized
in Income
    Gain (Loss)
on Related
Hedged
Items
Recognized
in Income
 
Interest rate contracts    U.S. Treasury and Government Agencies and Other Debt Securities    Investment securities (interest income)   $ 142     $ (141     (b     (b   $ (111   $ 116  
Interest rate contracts    Subordinated Debt and Bank Notes and Senior Debt    Borrowed funds (interest expense)     (332     299     $ (108   $ 67       123       (158
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (a)

  $ (190   $ 158     $ (108   $ 67     $ 12     $ (42
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) The difference between the gains (losses) recognized in income on derivatives and their related hedged items represents the ineffective portion of the change in value of our fair value hedge derivatives.
(b) The gains (losses) on derivatives and their related hedged items recognized in income were less than $.5 million.

Cash Flow Hedges

We enter into receive-fixed, pay-variable interest rate swaps to modify the interest rate characteristics of designated commercial loans from variable to fixed in order to reduce the impact of changes in future cash flows due to market interest rate changes. For these cash flow hedges, any changes in the fair value of the derivatives that are effective in offsetting changes in the forecasted interest cash flows are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are reclassified to interest income in conjunction with the recognition of interest received on the loans. We use statistical regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of these hedge relationships at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis.

We also periodically enter into forward purchase and sale contracts to hedge the variability of the consideration that will be paid or received related to the purchase or sale of investment securities. The forecasted purchase or sale is consummated upon gross settlement of the forward contract itself. As a result, hedge ineffectiveness, if any, is typically minimal. Gains and losses on these forward contracts are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings when the hedged cash flows affect earnings.

In the 12 months that follow December 31, 2016, we expect to reclassify net derivative gains of $186 million pretax, or $120 million after-tax, from Accumulated other comprehensive income to interest income for both cash flow hedge strategies. This reclassified amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is five years. During 2016, 2015 and 2014, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to either cash flow hedge strategy for all periods presented.

 

66


Further detail regarding gains (losses) on derivatives and related cash flows is presented in the following table:

Table 81: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives and Related Cash Flows - Cash Flow Hedges (a) (b)

 

     Year ended
December 31
 

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Gains (losses) on derivatives recognized in OCI - (effective portion)

   $ 100      $ 415      $ 431  

Less: Gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income - (effective portion)

        

Interest income

   $ 253      $ 293      $ 263  

Noninterest income

        (5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income - (effective portion)

   $ 253      $ 288      $ 263  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

   $ (153    $ 127      $ 168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) All cash flow hedge derivatives are interest rate contracts as of December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(b) The amount of cash flow hedge ineffectiveness recognized in income was not significant for the periods presented.

Net Investment Hedges

We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge non-U.S. Dollar net investments in foreign subsidiaries against adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. We assess whether the hedging relationship is highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in the value of the hedge and hedged item by qualitatively verifying that the critical terms of the hedge and hedged item match at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. Net investment hedge derivatives are classified as foreign exchange contracts. There were no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of the hedge effectiveness for all periods presented. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, there was no net investment hedge ineffectiveness. Net gains on net investment hedge derivatives recognized in OCI were $186 million in 2016, $60 million in 2015 and $54 million in 2014.

Derivatives Not Designated As Hedging Instruments under GAAP

Residential mortgage loans that will be sold in the secondary market, and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Changes in the fair value of the loans and commitments due to interest rate risk are hedged with forward contracts to sell mortgage-backed securities, as well as U.S. Treasury and Eurodollar futures and options. Gains and losses on the loans and commitments held for sale and the derivatives used to economically hedge them are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income on the Consolidated Income Statement.

Residential mortgage servicing rights are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value influenced primarily by changes in interest rates. Derivatives used to hedge the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps, options, and forward contracts to purchase mortgage-backed securities. Gains and losses on residential mortgage servicing rights and the related derivatives used for hedging are included in Residential mortgage noninterest income.

Commercial mortgage loans held for sale and the related loan commitments, which are considered derivatives, are accounted for at fair value. Derivatives used to economically hedge these loans and commitments from changes in fair value due to interest rate risk and credit risk include forward loan sale contracts, interest rate swaps, and credit default swaps. Gains and losses on the commitments, loans and derivatives are included in Other noninterest income. Derivatives used to economically hedge the change in value of commercial mortgage servicing rights include interest rate futures, swaps and options. Gains or losses on these derivatives are included in Corporate services noninterest income.

The residential and commercial mortgage loan commitments associated with loans to be sold which are accounted for as derivatives are valued based on the estimated fair value of the underlying loan and the probability that the loan will fund within the terms of the commitment. The fair value also takes into account the fair value of the embedded servicing right.

We offer derivatives to our customers in connection with their risk management needs. These derivatives primarily consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and floors, swaptions and foreign exchange contracts. We primarily manage our market risk exposure from customer transactions by entering into a variety of hedging transactions with third-party dealers. Gains and losses on customer-related derivatives are included in Other noninterest income.

Included in the customer, mortgage banking risk management, and other risk management portfolios are written interest-rate caps and floors entered into with customers and for risk management purposes. We receive an upfront premium from the counterparty and are obligated to make payments to the counterparty if the underlying market interest rate rises above or falls below a certain level designated in the contract. Our ultimate obligation under written options is based on future market conditions.

 

67


We have entered into risk participation agreements to share some of the credit exposure with other counterparties related to interest rate derivative contracts or to take on credit exposure to generate revenue. The notional amount of risk participation agreements sold was $4.3 billion at December 31, 2016 and $2.5 billion at December 31, 2015. Assuming all underlying third party customers referenced in the swap contracts defaulted, the exposure from these agreements would be $.1 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 based on the fair value of the underlying swaps.

Further detail regarding the gains (losses) on derivatives not designated in hedging relationships is presented in the following table:

Table 82: Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Not Designated for Hedging under GAAP

 

     Year ended
December 31
 

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Derivatives used for mortgage banking activities:

        

Interest rate contracts (a)

   $ 152      $ 220      $ 318  

Derivatives used for customer-related activities:

        

Interest rate contracts

   $ 78      $ 71      $ 41  

Foreign exchange contracts and other

     84        78        46  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains (losses) from customer-related activities (b)

   $ 162      $ 149      $ 87  

Derivatives used for other risk management activities:

        

Interest rate contracts

         $ (19

Foreign exchange contracts and other (c)

   $ (7    $ 282        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains (losses) from other risk management activities (b)

   $ (7    $ 282      $ 35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gains (losses) from derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   $ 307      $ 651      $ 440  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Included in Residential mortgage, Corporate services and Other noninterest income.
(b) Included in Other noninterest income.
(c) Includes BlackRock LTIP funding obligation and the swaps entered into in connection with sales of a portion of Visa Class B common shares.

Offsetting, Counterparty Credit Risk, and Contingent Features

We, generally, utilize a net presentation on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for those derivative financial instruments entered into with counterparties under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The master netting agreements reduce credit risk by permitting the closeout netting of all outstanding derivative instruments under the master netting agreement with the same counterparty upon the occurrence of an event of default. The master netting agreement also may require the exchange of cash or marketable securities to collateralize either party’s net position. In certain cases, minimum thresholds must be exceeded before any collateral is exchanged. Collateral is typically exchanged daily based on the net fair value of the positions with the counterparty as of the preceding day. Collateral representing initial margin, which is based on potential future exposure, is also required to be pledged by us in relation to derivative instruments with central clearing house counterparties. Any cash collateral exchanged with counterparties under these master netting agreements is also netted, when appropriate, against the applicable derivative fair values on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. However, the fair value of any securities held or pledged is not included in the net presentation on the balance sheet. In order for derivative instruments under a master netting agreement to be eligible for closeout netting under GAAP, we must conduct sufficient legal review to conclude with a well-founded basis that the offsetting rights included in the master netting agreement would be legally enforceable upon an event of default, including upon an event of bankruptcy, insolvency, or a similar proceeding of the counterparty. Enforceability is evidenced by a legal opinion that supports, with sufficient confidence, the enforceability of the master netting agreement in such circumstances.

Table 83 shows the impact legally enforceable master netting agreements had on our derivative assets and derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. The table includes cash collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. The table also includes the fair value of any securities collateral held or pledged under legally enforceable master netting agreements. Cash and securities collateral amounts are included in the table only to the extent of the related net derivative fair values.

 

68


Table 83: Derivative Assets and Liabilities Offsetting

 

December 31, 2016           Amounts Offset on the
Consolidated Balance Sheet
           Securities
Collateral
Held /
(Pledged)
Under Master
Netting
Agreements
        

In millions

   Gross Fair
Value
     Fair Value
Offset Amount
     Cash
Collateral
     Net
Fair Value
       Net Amounts  

Derivative assets

                

Interest rate contracts:

                

Cleared

   $ 1,498      $ 940      $ 480      $ 78        $ 78  

Exchange-traded

     9              9          9  

Over-the-counter

     2,702        1,358        164        1,180     $ 62        1,118  

Foreign exchange and other contracts

     407        162        13        232          232  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

   $ 4,616      $ 2,460      $ 657      $ 1,499 (a)    $ 62      $ 1,437  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

                

Interest rate contracts:

                

Cleared

   $ 1,060      $ 940      $ 25      $ 95        $ 95  

Exchange-traded

     1              1          1  

Over-the-counter

     2,064        1,395        431        238          238  

Foreign exchange and other contracts

     714        125        28        561          561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

   $ 3,839      $ 2,460      $ 484      $ 895 (b)       $ 895  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 
December 31, 2015                                  

In millions

                                    

Derivative assets

                

Interest rate contracts:

                

Cleared

   $ 1,003      $ 779      $ 195      $ 29        $ 29  

Over-the-counter

     3,652        1,645        342        1,665     $ 178        1,487  

Foreign exchange and other contracts

     286        130        14        142       2        140  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

   $ 4,941      $ 2,554      $ 551      $ 1,836 (a)    $ 180      $ 1,656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

                

Interest rate contracts:

                

Cleared

   $ 855      $ 779      $ 57      $ 19        $ 19  

Exchange-traded

     1              1          1  

Over-the-counter

     2,276        1,687        530        59          59  

Foreign exchange and other contracts

     670        88        21        561          561  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

   $ 3,802      $ 2,554      $ 608      $ 640 (b)       $ 640  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the net amount of derivative assets included in Other assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(b) Represents the net amount of derivative liabilities included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Table 83 includes over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives, cleared derivatives, and exchange-traded derivatives. OTC derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties that are not settled through an organized exchange or cleared through a central clearing house. The majority of OTC derivatives are governed by ISDA documentation or other legally enforceable industry standard master netting agreements. Cleared derivatives represent contracts executed bilaterally with counterparties in the OTC market that are novated to a central clearing house who then becomes our counterparty. Exchange-traded derivatives represent standardized futures and options contracts executed directly on an organized exchange.

In addition to using master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to reduce credit risk associated with derivative instruments, we also seek to manage credit risk by evaluating credit ratings of counterparties and by using internal credit analysis, limits, and monitoring procedures.

At December 31, 2016, we held cash, U.S. government securities and mortgage-backed securities totaling $1.0 billion under master netting agreements and other collateral agreements to collateralize net derivative assets due from counterparties, and we pledged cash totaling $1.3 billion under these agreements to collateralize net derivative liabilities owed to counterparties and to meet initial margin requirements. These totals may differ from the amounts presented in the preceding offsetting table because these totals may include collateral exchanged under an agreement that does not qualify as a master netting agreement or because the total amount of collateral held or pledged exceeds the net derivative fair values with the counterparty as of the balance sheet date due to timing or other factors, such as initial margin. To the extent not netted against the derivative fair values under a master netting agreement, the receivable for cash pledged is included in Other assets and the obligation for cash held is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Securities held from counterparties are not recognized on our balance sheet. Likewise securities we have pledged to counterparties remain on our balance sheet.

 

69


Certain derivative agreements contain various credit-risk related contingent provisions, such as those that require our debt to maintain a specified credit rating from one or more of the major credit rating agencies. If our debt ratings were to fall below such specified ratings, the counterparties to the derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full collateralization on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position on December 31, 2016 was $1.0 billion for which we had posted collateral of $.6 billion in the normal course of business. The maximum additional amount of collateral we would have been required to post if the credit-risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements had been triggered on December 31, 2016 would be $.4 billion.

NOTE 14 EARNINGS PER SHARE

Table 84: Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

 

In millions, except per share data

   2016      2015      2014  

Basic

        

Net income

   $ 3,985      $ 4,143      $ 4,207  

Less:

        

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

     82        37        23  

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion and redemptions

     215        225        237  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shares

     3,688        3,881        3,947  

Less:

        

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     26        17        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 3,662      $ 3,864      $ 3,936  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     494        514        529  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share (a)

   $ 7.42      $ 7.52      $ 7.44  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

        

Net income attributable to basic common shares

   $ 3,662      $ 3,864      $ 3,936  

Less: Impact of BlackRock earnings per share dilution

     12        18        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to diluted common shares

   $ 3,650      $ 3,846      $ 3,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

     494        514        529  

Dilutive potential common shares

     6        7        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

     500        521        537  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share (a)

   $ 7.30      $ 7.39      $ 7.30  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method are determined on net income reported on the income statement less earnings allocated to nonvested restricted shares and restricted share units with nonforfeitable dividends and dividend rights (participating securities).

 

70


NOTE 15 EQUITY

Preferred Stock

The following table provides the number of preferred shares issued and outstanding, the liquidation value per share and the number of authorized preferred shares that are available for future use.

Table 85: Preferred Stock—Authorized, Issued and Outstanding

 

December 31

Shares in thousands

   Liquidation
value per
share
     Preferred Shares  
      2016      2015  

Authorized

        

$1 par value

        16,593        16,588  

Issued and outstanding

        

Series B

   $ 40        1        1  

Series O

   $ 100,000        10        10  

Series P

   $ 100,000        15        15  

Series Q

   $ 100,000        5        5  

Series R

   $ 100,000        5        5  

Series S

   $ 100,000        5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total issued and outstanding

        41        36  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table discloses information related to the preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2016.

Table 86: Terms of Outstanding Preferred Stock

 

Preferred Stock

 

Issue

Date

 

Number of

Depositary
Shares Issued

  Fractional
Interest in a
share of
preferred
stock
represented
by each
Depositary
Share
   

Dividend Dates (a)

 

Annual Per Share Dividend Rate

 

Optional
Redemption Date (b)

Series B (c)

  (c)   N/A     N/A     Quarterly from March 10th   $1.80   None

Series O (d)

  July 27, 2011   1 million     1/100th    

Semi-annually beginning on February 1, 2012

until August 1, 2021

 

6.75% until August 1, 2021

3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.678% per annum
beginning on August 1, 2021

  August 1, 2021
        Quarterly beginning on November 1, 2021    

Series P (d)

  April 24, 2012   60 million     1/4,000th     Quarterly beginning on August 1, 2012  

6.125% until May 1, 2022

3 Mo. LIBOR plus 4.0675% per annum
beginning on May 1, 2022

  May 1, 2022
           

Series Q (d)

  September 21, 2012   18 million     1/4,000th     Quarterly beginning on December 1, 2012   5.375%   December 1, 2017
  October 9, 2012   1.2 million        

Series R (d)

  May 7, 2013   500,000     1/100th    

Semi-annually beginning on December 1, 2013

until June 1, 2023

  4.85% until June 1, 2023   June 1, 2023
        Quarterly beginning on September 1, 2023   3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.04% per annum
beginning June 1, 2023
 

Series S (d)

  November 1, 2016   525,000     1/100th    

Semi-annually beginning on May 1, 2017

until November 1, 2026

  5.00% until November 1, 2026   November 1, 2026
        Quarterly beginning on February 1, 2027  

3 Mo. LIBOR plus 3.30% per annum

beginning November 1, 2026

 

 

(a) Dividends are payable when, as, and if declared by our Board of Directors or an authorized committee of our Board of Directors.
(b) Redeemable at our option on or after the date stated. With the exception of the Series B preferred stock, redeemable at our option within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event as defined in the designations.
(c) Cumulative preferred stock. Holders of Series B preferred stock are entitled to 8 votes per share, which is equal to the number of full shares of common stock into which the Series B preferred stock is convertible. The Series B preferred stock was issued in connection with the consolidation of Pittsburgh National Corporation and Provident National Corporation in 1983.
(d) Non-Cumulative preferred stock.

Our Series K preferred stock was issued on May 21, 2008. Dividends were paid at a rate of 8.25% until May 21, 2013 and at a rate of three month LIBOR plus 422 basis points beginning May 21, 2013. On May 4, 2015, we redeemed all 500,000 depositary shares representing interests in our Series K preferred stock and all 50,000 shares of Series K preferred stock underlying such depositary shares, resulting in a net outflow of $500 million.

 

71


We have authorized but unissued Series H and Series I preferred stock. As described below in the Perpetual Trust Securities portion of the Noncontrolling Interests section of this Note, the PNC Preferred Funding Trust II securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of PNC Series I preferred stock under certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank and upon the direction of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). The Series A preferred stock of PNC REIT Corp. is also automatically exchangeable under similar conditions into shares of PNC Series H preferred stock.

Warrants

We had 11.3 million and 13.4 million warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The reduction was due to 2.1 million warrants that were exercised during 2016. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of PNC common stock at an exercise price of $67.33 per share. In accordance with the terms of the warrants, the warrants are exercised on a non-cash net basis with the warrant holder receiving PNC common shares determined based on the excess of the market price of PNC common stock on the exercise date over the exercise price of the warrant. In 2016, we issued 0.7 million common shares resulting from the exercise of the warrants. The issuance of these shares resulted in a reclassification within Capital surplus with no impact on our Shareholders’ equity. These warrants were sold by the U.S. Treasury in a secondary public offering that closed on May 5, 2010 after the U.S. Treasury exchanged its TARP Warrant (issued on December 31, 2008 under the TARP Capital Purchase Program) for 16.9 million warrants. These warrants expire December 31, 2018.

Other Shareholders’ Equity Matters

We have a dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Holders of PNC common stock may participate in the plan, which provides that additional shares of common stock may be purchased at market value with reinvested dividends and voluntary cash payments. Common shares issued pursuant to this plan were 0.3 million shares for 2016, 2015 and 2014.

At December 31, 2016, we had reserved approximately 119 million common shares to be issued in connection with certain stock plans.

We repurchased 4.4 million shares in 2015 under the stock repurchase program that the Board of Directors approved effective October 4, 2007. Effective March 31, 2015, the Board of Directors terminated this share repurchase program and effective April 1, 2015 the Board of Directors replaced it with a new stock repurchase program authorization in the amount of up to 100 million shares of PNC common stock which may be purchased on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. Under this program, we repurchased 17.9 million shares in 2015 and 22.8 million shares in 2016. A maximum amount of 59.3 million shares remained available for repurchase under this program at December 31, 2016. This program will remain in effect until fully utilized or until modified, superseded or terminated.

Noncontrolling Interests

Perpetual Trust Securities

In December 2006, one of our indirect subsidiaries, PNC REIT Corp., sold $500 million of 6.517% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the “Trust I Securities”) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I (“Trust I”), in a private placement. PNC REIT Corp. had previously acquired the Trust I Securities from the trust in exchange for an equivalent amount of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Securities (the “LLC Preferred Securities”), of PNC Preferred Funding LLC, (the “LLC”), held by PNC REIT Corp. The LLC’s initial material assets consist of indirect interests in mortgages and mortgage-related assets previously owned by PNC REIT Corp. The rate on these securities at December 31, 2016 was 2.613%.

In March 2007, the LLC, sold $500 million of 6.113% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities (the “Trust II Securities”) of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II (“Trust II”) in a private placement. In connection with the private placement, Trust II acquired $500 million of LLC Preferred Securities, from the LLC. The rate on these securities at December 31, 2016 was 2.186%.

The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are redeemable in whole or in part at par ($100,000 per security), plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date, on the quarterly dividend payment date in March 2017 and on the March quarterly dividend payment date in each fifth succeeding year (each, a “Five Year Date”).

The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are also redeemable in whole, but not in part, on any quarterly dividend payment date that is not a Five Year Date at a redemption price equal to the sum of: (i) the greater of (A) $100,000 per security or (B) the sum of present values of $100,000 per security and all undeclared dividends for the dividend periods from the redemption date to and including the next succeeding Five Year Date, discounted to the redemption date on a quarterly basis at the 3-month USD LIBOR rate applicable to the dividend period immediately preceding such redemption date plus (ii) any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date.

 

72


The Trust I Securities and Trust II Securities are also redeemable in whole, but not in part, on any quarterly dividend payment date that is not a Five Year Date in the case of certain tax, investment company or regulatory capital events at a redemption price of par plus declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date.

Upon certain conditions relating to the capitalization or the financial condition of PNC Bank and upon the direction of the OCC, the Trust I Securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of Series F preferred stock of PNC Bank and the Trust II Securities are automatically exchangeable into shares of Series I preferred stock of PNC.

Any redemption is subject to compliance with the applicable Replacement Capital Covenant (see Table 87) and approval of the OCC.

PNC REIT Corp. owns 100% of the LLC’s common voting securities. As a result, the LLC is an indirect subsidiary of PNC and is consolidated on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Trust I and Trust II’s investment in the LLC Preferred Securities is characterized as a noncontrolling interest on our Consolidated Balance Sheet since we are not the primary beneficiary of Trust I and Trust II. This noncontrolling interest totaled $1.0 billion at December 31, 2016.

Information related to the capital covenants and contractual commitments of the perpetual trust securities, including limitations potentially imposed on PNC and PNC Bank’s payment of dividends on their respective equity capital securities, follows.

Table 87: Summary of Replacement Capital Covenants of Perpetual Trust Securities

 

Replacement Capital
Covenant (RCC) (a)

  

Trust

  

Description of Capital Covenants

Trust I RCC    Trust I    Neither we nor our subsidiaries (other than PNC Bank and its subsidiaries) would purchase the Trust Securities, the LLC Preferred Securities or the PNC Bank Preferred Stock unless such repurchases or redemptions are made from proceeds of the issuance of certain qualified securities and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Trust I RCC.
Trust II RCC    Trust II    Until March 29, 2017, neither we nor our subsidiaries would purchase or redeem the Trust II Securities, the LLC Preferred Securities or the Series I Preferred Stock unless such repurchases or redemptions are made from proceeds of the issuance of certain qualified securities and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Trust II RCC.

 

(a) As of December 31, 2016, each of the Trust I RCC and the Trust II RCC are for the benefit of PNC Capital Trust C as the sole holder of $200 million of junior subordinated debentures issued in June 1998. See Note 10 Borrowed Funds for additional information regarding these debentures.

Table 88: Summary of Contractual Commitments of Perpetual Trust Securities

 

Trust

  

Description of Restrictions on Dividend Payments (a)

Trust I (b)    If full dividends are not paid in a dividend period, neither PNC Bank nor its subsidiaries will declare or pay dividends or other distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding period (other than to holders of the LLC Preferred Securities and any parity equity securities issued by the LLC). (c)
Trust II (d)    If full dividends are not paid in a dividend period, PNC will not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire, any of its equity capital securities during the next succeeding dividend period. (e)

 

(a) Applies to the applicable Trust Securities and the LLC Preferred Securities.
(b) Contractual commitments made by PNC Bank.
(c) Except: (i) in the case of dividends payable to subsidiaries of PNC Bank, to PNC Bank or another wholly-owned subsidiary of PNC Bank or (ii) in the case of dividends payable to persons that are not subsidiaries of PNC Bank, to such persons only if, (A) in the case of a cash dividend, PNC has first irrevocably committed to contribute amounts at least equal to such cash dividend or (B) in the case of in-kind dividends payable by PNC REIT Corp., PNC has committed to purchase such in-kind dividend from the applicable PNC REIT Corp. holders in exchange for a cash payment representing the market value of such in-kind dividend, and PNC has committed to contribute such in-kind dividend to PNC Bank.
(d) Contractual commitments made by PNC.
(e) Except for: (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of capital stock of PNC in connection with any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (ii) purchases of shares of common stock of PNC pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy stock existing prior to the commencement of the extension period, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, (iii) any dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of any rights under any such plan, (iv) as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series of PNC’s capital stock for any other class or series of PNC’s capital stock, (v) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of PNC capital stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged or (vi) any stock dividends paid by PNC where the dividend stock is the same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid.

 

73


See Note 23 Subsequent Events for discussion of our February 2017 announcement of our March 2017 redemption of the Trust I Securities and the Trust II Securities.

NOTE 16 OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Details of other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

Table 89: Other Comprehensive Income

 

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities

      

Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on non-OTTI securities

   $ (329   $ (494   $ 410  

Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income

     24       27       31  

Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income

     16       48       4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), pre-tax

     (369     (569     375  

Effect of income taxes

     135       208       (137
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), after-tax

     (234     (361     238  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

      

Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on OTTI securities

     61       (17     68  

Less: OTTI losses realized on securities reclassified to noninterest income

     (2     (4     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), pre-tax

     63       (13     79  

Effect of income taxes

     (23     5       (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), after-tax

     40       (8     50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

      

Increase in net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedge derivatives

     100       415       431  

Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to loan interest income

     219       270       251  

Less: Net gains (losses) realized as a yield adjustment reclassified to investment securities interest income

     34       23       12  

Less: Net gains (losses) realized on sales of securities reclassified to noninterest income

       (5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), pre-tax

     (153     127       168  

Effect of income taxes

     56       (47     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), after-tax

     (97     80       107  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plan adjustments

      

Net pension and other postretirement benefit activity

     (41     (82     (440

Amortization of actuarial loss (gain) reclassified to other noninterest expense

     50       38       4  

Amortization of prior service cost (credit) reclassified to other noninterest expense

     (8     (10     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), pre-tax

     1       (54     (446

Effect of income taxes

       20       163  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), after-tax

     1       (34     (283
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other

      

PNC’s portion of BlackRock’s OCI

     (63     (39     (36

Net investment hedge derivatives

     186       60       54  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (182     (63     (57
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), pre-tax

     (59     (42     (39

Effect of income taxes

     (46     (8     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease), after-tax

     (105     (50     (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, pre-tax

     (517     (551     137  

Total other comprehensive income, tax effect

     122       178       (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income, after-tax

   $ (395   $ (373   $ 67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

74


Table 90: Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Components

 

In millions, after-tax

   Net unrealized gains
(losses)
on non-OTTI
securities
    Net unrealized gains
(losses) on OTTI
securities
    Net unrealized gains
(losses) on cash
flow hedge
derivatives
    Pension and other
postretirement benefit
plan adjustments
    Other     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 409     $ 24     $ 243     $ (237   $ (3   $ 436  

Net activity

     238       50       107       (283     (45     67  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 647     $ 74     $ 350     $ (520   $ (48   $ 503  

Net activity

     (361     (8     80       (34     (50     (373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 286     $ 66     $ 430     $ (554   $ (98   $ 130  

Net Activity

     (234     40       (97     1       (105     (395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 52     $ 106     $ 333     $ (553   $ (203   $ (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 17 INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

Table 91: Components of Income Tax Expense

 

Year ended December 31

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Current

        

Federal

   $ 871      $ 927      $ 1,084  

State

     71        33        68  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current

     942        960        1,152  

Deferred

        

Federal

     301        320        220  

State

     25        84        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred

     326        404        255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,268      $ 1,364      $ 1,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

Table 92: Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

 

December 31 - in millions

   2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets

    

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 976     $ 1,032  

Compensation and benefits

     548       654  

Partnership investments

     307       295  

Loss and credit carryforward

     460       502  

Accrued expenses

     505       542  

Other

     252       320  

Total gross deferred tax assets

     3,048       3,345  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (75     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,973       3,284  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Leasing

     1,374       1,413  

Goodwill and intangibles

     312       320  

Fixed assets

     391       391  

Net unrealized gains on securities and financial instruments

     284       453  

BlackRock basis difference

     2,361       2,327  

Other

     617       542  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     5,339       5,446  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 2,366     $ 2,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

75


A reconciliation between the statutory and effective tax rates follows:

Table 93: Reconciliation of Statutory and Effective Tax Rates

 

Year ended December 31

   2016     2015     2014  

Statutory tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

Increases (decreases) resulting from

      

State taxes net of federal benefit

     1.2       1.4       1.2  

Tax-exempt interest

     (2.4     (2.3     (2.2

Life insurance

     (1.9     (1.7     (1.7

Dividend received deduction

     (1.8     (1.7     (1.5

Tax credits

     (4.4     (3.9     (4.4

Other

     (1.6     (2.0 )(a)      (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     24.1     24.8     25.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Includes tax benefits associated with settlement of acquired entity tax contingencies.

The net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2016 and 2015 follow:

Table 94: Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

 

Dollars in millions

   December 31
2016
     December 31
2015
     Expiration  

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards:

        

Federal

   $ 759      $ 878        2032  

State

   $ 2,345      $ 2,272        2017 - 2036  

The majority of the tax credit carryforwards expire in 2032 and were insignificant at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. All federal and most state net operating loss and credit carryforwards are from acquired entities and utilization is subject to various statutory limitations. We anticipate that we will be able to fully utilize our carryforwards for federal tax purposes, but we have recorded an insignificant valuation allowance against certain state tax carryforwards as of December 31, 2016. If select uncertain tax positions were successfully challenged by a state, the state net operating losses listed in Table 94 could be reduced by an insignificant amount.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately $.1 billion of earnings attributed to foreign subsidiaries that have been indefinitely reinvested for which no incremental U.S. income tax provision has been recorded.

Retained earnings included $.1 billion at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 in allocations for bad debt deductions of former thrift subsidiaries for which no income tax has been provided. Under current law, if certain subsidiaries use these bad debt reserves for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses, they will be subject to Federal income tax at the current corporate tax rate.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Table 95: Change in Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

In millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits at January 1

   $ 26     $ 77     $ 110  

Increases:

      

Positions taken during a prior period

     14       17    

Decreases:

      

Positions taken during a prior period

     (14     (9     (27

Settlements with taxing authorities

       (52     (1

Reductions resulting from lapse of statute of limitations

     (4     (7     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits at December 31

   $ 22     $ 26     $ 77  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Favorable impact if recognized

   $ 18     $ 20     $ 64  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

It is reasonably possible that the balance of unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease in the next twelve months due to completion of tax authorities’ exams or the expiration of statutes of limitations; however, the estimated amount is insignificant.

 

76


We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax in most states and some foreign jurisdictions. Table 96 summarizes the status of significant IRS examinations of us.

Table 96: IRS Tax Examination Status

 

     Years under
examination
     Status at
December 31
 

Federal

     2011 - 2013        Completed  
     2014 - 2015        Under exam  

In addition, we are under continuous examinations by various state taxing authorities. With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to state and local and foreign income tax examinations by taxing authorities for periods before 2011. For all open audits, any potential adjustments have been considered in establishing our unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016.

Our policy is to classify interest and penalties associated with income taxes as income tax expense. For 2016 and 2015, the amount of gross interest and penalties was insignificant. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the related amounts of accrued interest and penalties was also insignificant.

NOTE 18 REGULATORY MATTERS

We are subject to the regulations of certain federal, state, and foreign agencies and undergo periodic examinations by such regulatory authorities.

The ability to undertake new business initiatives (including acquisitions), the access to and cost of funding for new business initiatives, the ability to pay dividends, the ability to repurchase shares or other capital instruments, the level of deposit insurance costs, and the level and nature of regulatory oversight depend, in large part, on a financial institution’s capital strength.

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, PNC and PNC Bank, our domestic banking subsidiary, were both considered “well capitalized,” based on applicable U.S. regulatory capital ratio requirements.

The following table sets forth the Transitional Basel III regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 for PNC and PNC Bank.

Table 97: Basel Regulatory Capital (a)

 

     Amount      Ratios  

December 31
Dollars in millions

   2016      2015      2016     2015     “Well
Capitalized”
Requirements
 

Risk-based capital

            

Common equity Tier 1

            

PNC

   $ 31,799      $ 31,493        10.6     10.6     N/A  

PNC Bank

   $ 27,896      $ 27,484        9.7     9.7     6.5

Tier 1

            

PNC

   $ 36,101      $ 35,522        12.0     12.0     6.0

PNC Bank

   $ 29,495      $ 29,425        10.2     10.4     8.0

Total

            

PNC

   $ 43,016      $ 43,260        14.3     14.6     10.0

PNC Bank

   $ 35,842      $ 36,482        12.4     12.9     10.0

Leverage

            

PNC

   $ 36,101      $ 35,522        10.1     10.1     N/A  

PNC Bank

   $ 29,495      $ 29,425        8.6     8.7     5.0

 

(a) Calculated using the Transitional Basel III regulatory capital methodology applicable to us during both 2016 and 2015.

The principal source of parent company cash flow is the dividends it receives from its subsidiary bank, which may be impacted by the following:

 

    Capital needs,

 

    Laws and regulations,

 

    Corporate policies,

 

    Contractual restrictions, and

 

    Other factors.

 

77


Also, there are statutory and regulatory limitations on the ability of national banks to pay dividends or make other capital distributions. The amount available for dividend payments to the parent company by PNC Bank without prior regulatory approval was approximately $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016.

Under federal law, a bank subsidiary generally may not extend credit to, or engage in other types of covered transactions (including the purchase of assets) with, the parent company or its non-bank subsidiaries on terms and under circumstances that are not substantially the same as comparable transactions with nonaffiliates. A bank subsidiary may not extend credit to, or engage in a covered transaction with, the parent company or a non-bank subsidiary if the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company or non-bank subsidiary exceeds 10% of the capital stock and surplus of such bank subsidiary or the aggregate amount of the bank’s extensions of credit and other covered transactions with the parent company and all non-bank subsidiaries exceeds 20% of the capital and surplus of such bank subsidiary. Such extensions of credit, with limited exceptions, must be at least fully collateralized in accordance with specified collateralization thresholds, with the thresholds varying based on the type of assets serving as collateral. In certain circumstances, federal regulatory authorities may impose more restrictive limitations.

Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain cash reserves with a Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). At December 31, 2016, the balance outstanding at the FRB was $25.1 billion.

NOTE 19 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We establish accruals for legal proceedings, including litigation and regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Any such accruals are adjusted thereafter as appropriate to reflect changed circumstances. When we are able to do so, we also determine estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses, whether in excess of any related accrued liability or where there is no accrued liability, for disclosed legal proceedings (“Disclosed Matters,” which are those matters disclosed in this Note 19). For Disclosed Matters where we are able to estimate such possible losses or ranges of possible losses, as of December 31, 2016, we estimate that it is reasonably possible that we could incur losses in excess of related accrued liabilities, if any, in an aggregate amount of up to approximately $475 million. The estimates included in this amount are based on our analysis of currently available information and are subject to significant judgment and a variety of assumptions and uncertainties. As new information is obtained we may change our estimates. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of outcomes of legal proceedings, any amounts accrued or included in this aggregate amount may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal proceedings in question. Thus, our exposure and ultimate losses may be higher, and possibly significantly so, than the amounts accrued or this aggregate amount.

In our experience, legal proceedings are inherently unpredictable. One or more of the following factors frequently contribute to this inherent unpredictability: the proceeding is in its early stages; the damages sought are unspecified, unsupported or uncertain; it is unclear whether a case brought as a class action will be allowed to proceed on that basis or, if permitted to proceed as a class action, how the class will be defined; the other party is seeking relief other than or in addition to compensatory damages (including, in the case of regulatory and governmental investigations and inquiries, the possibility of fines and penalties); the matter presents meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; we have not engaged in meaningful settlement discussions; discovery has not started or is not complete; there are significant facts in dispute; the possible outcomes may not be amenable to the use of statistical or quantitative analytical tools; predicting possible outcomes depends on making assumptions about future decisions of courts or regulatory bodies or the behavior of other parties; and there are a large number of parties named as defendants (including where it is uncertain how damages or liability, if any, will be shared among multiple defendants). Generally, the less progress that has been made in the proceedings or the broader the range of potential results, the harder it is for us to estimate losses or ranges of losses that it is reasonably possible we could incur.

As a result of these types of factors, we are unable, at this time, to estimate the losses that are reasonably possible to be incurred or ranges of such losses with respect to some of the matters disclosed, and the aggregate estimated amount provided above does not include an estimate for every Disclosed Matter. Therefore, as the estimated aggregate amount disclosed above does not include all of the Disclosed Matters, the amount disclosed above does not represent our maximum reasonably possible loss exposure for all of the Disclosed Matters. The estimated aggregate amount also does not reflect any of our exposure to matters not so disclosed, as discussed below under “Other.”

We include in some of the descriptions of individual Disclosed Matters certain quantitative information related to the plaintiff’s claim against us as alleged in the plaintiff’s pleadings or other public filings or otherwise publicly available information. While information of this type may provide insight into the potential magnitude of a matter, it does not necessarily represent our estimate of reasonably possible loss or our judgment as to any currently appropriate accrual.

 

78


Some of our exposure in Disclosed Matters may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. We do not consider the possible availability of insurance coverage in determining the amounts of any accruals (although we record the amount of related insurance recoveries that are deemed probable up to the amount of the accrual) or in determining any estimates of possible losses or ranges of possible losses.

Interchange Litigation

Beginning in June 2005, a series of antitrust lawsuits were filed against Visa, MasterCard, and several major financial institutions, including cases naming National City (since merged into PNC) and its subsidiary, National City Bank of Kentucky (since merged into National City Bank which in turn was merged into PNC Bank). The plaintiffs in these cases are merchants operating commercial businesses throughout the U.S., as well as trade associations. Some of these cases (including those naming National City entities) were brought as class actions on behalf of all persons or business entities that have accepted Visa® or MasterCard®. The cases have been consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York under the caption In re Payment Card Interchange Fee and Merchant-Discount Antitrust Litigation (Master File No. 1:05-md-1720-JG-JO).

In July 2012, the parties entered into a memorandum of understanding with the class plaintiffs and an agreement in principle with certain individual plaintiffs with respect to a settlement of these cases, under which the defendants agreed to pay approximately $6.6 billion collectively to the class and individual settling plaintiffs and agreed to changes in the terms applicable to their respective card networks (including an eight-month reduction in default credit interchange rates). The parties entered into a definitive agreement with respect to this settlement in October 2012. The court granted final approval of the settlement in December 2013. Several objectors appealed the order of approval to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit, which issued an order in June 2016, reversing approval of the settlement and remanding for further proceedings. In November 2016, the plaintiffs filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court to challenge the court of appeal’s decision, which is still pending.

As a result of the reversal of the approval of the settlement, the class actions have resumed in the district court. In November 2016, the district court appointed separate interim class counsel for a proposed class seeking damages and a proposed class seeking equitable (injunctive) relief. In February 2017, each of these counsel filed a proposed amended and supplemental complaint on behalf of its respective proposed class. These complaints make similar allegations, including that the defendants conspired to monopolize and to fix the prices for general purpose card network services, that the restructuring of Visa and MasterCard, each of which included an initial public offering, violated the antitrust laws, and that the defendants otherwise imposed unreasonable restraints on trade, resulting in the payment of inflated interchange fees and other fees, which also violated the antitrust laws. In their complaints, collectively the plaintiffs seek, among other things, injunctive relief, unspecified damages (trebled under the antitrust laws) and attorneys’ fees. PNC is named as a defendant in the complaint seeking damages but is not named as a defendant in the complaint that seeks equitable relief.

National City and National City Bank entered into judgment and loss sharing agreements with Visa and certain other banks with respect to all of the above referenced litigation. We were not originally named as defendants in any of the Visa or MasterCard related antitrust litigation nor were we initially parties to the judgment or loss sharing agreements. However, we became responsible for National City’s and National City Bank’s position in the litigation and responsibilities under the agreements through our acquisition of National City. In addition, following Visa’s reorganization in 2007 in contemplation of its initial public offering, U.S. Visa members received shares of Class B Visa common stock, convertible upon resolution of specified litigation, including the remaining litigation described above, into shares of Class A Visa common stock, with the conversion rate adjusted to reflect amounts paid or escrowed to resolve the specified litigation, and also remained responsible for indemnifying Visa against the specified litigation. Our Class B Visa common stock is all subject to this conversion adjustment provision, and we are now responsible for the indemnification obligations of our predecessors as well as ourselves. In March 2011, we entered into a MasterCard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement with MasterCard and other financial institution defendants and an Omnibus Agreement Regarding Interchange Litigation Sharing and Settlement Sharing with Visa, MasterCard and other financial institution defendants. The Omnibus Agreement, in substance, apportions resolution of the claims in this litigation into a Visa portion and a MasterCard portion, with the Visa portion being two-thirds and the MasterCard portion being one-third. This apportionment only applies in the case of either a global settlement involving all defendants or an adverse judgment against the defendants, to the extent that damages either are related to the merchants’ inter-network conspiracy claims or are otherwise not attributed to specific MasterCard or Visa conduct or damages. The MasterCard portion (or any MasterCard-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will then be apportioned under the MasterCard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement among MasterCard and PNC and the other financial institution defendants that are parties to this agreement. The responsibility for the Visa portion (or any Visa-related liability not subject to the Omnibus Agreement) will be apportioned under the pre-existing indemnification responsibilities and judgment and loss sharing agreements.

CBNV Mortgage Litigation

Between 2001 and 2003, on behalf of either individual plaintiffs or proposed classes of plaintiffs, several separate lawsuits were filed in state and federal courts against Community Bank of Northern Virginia (CBNV), a PNC Bank predecessor, and other defendants asserting claims arising from second mortgage loans made to the plaintiffs. The state lawsuits were removed to federal court and, with the lawsuits that had been filed in federal court, were consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in a multidistrict litigation (MDL) proceeding in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Community Bank of Northern Virginia Lending Practices Litigation (No. 03-0425 (W.D. Pa.), MDL No. 1674). In January 2008, the Pennsylvania district court

issued an order sending back to the General Court of Justice, Superior Court Division, for Wake County, North Carolina the claims of two proposed class members, which have subsequently been dismissed.

 

79


In October 2011, the plaintiffs in the MDL proceeding filed a joint consolidated amended class action complaint covering all of the class action lawsuits pending in this proceeding. The amended complaint names CBNV, another bank, and purchasers of loans originated by CBNV and the other bank (including Residential Funding Company, LLC (RFC)) as defendants. (In December 2013, the Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceeding involving RFC was completed with the company being liquidated and claims against the company being resolved, including, through a settlement between the plaintiffs and RFC approved in November 2013, the claims in these lawsuits.) The principal allegations in the amended complaint are that a group of persons and entities collectively characterized as the “Shumway/Bapst Organization” referred prospective second residential mortgage loan borrowers to CBNV and the other bank, that CBNV and the other bank charged these borrowers improper title and loan fees at loan closings, that the disclosures provided to the borrowers at loan closings were inaccurate, and that CBNV and the other bank paid some of the loan fees to the Shumway/Bapst Organization as purported “kickbacks” for the referrals. The amended complaint asserts claims for violations of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), the Truth in Lending Act (TILA), as amended by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act (HOEPA), and the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO).

The amended complaint seeks to certify a class of all borrowers who obtained a second residential non-purchase money mortgage loan, secured by their principal dwelling, from either CBNV or the other defendant bank, the terms of which made the loan subject to HOEPA. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, unspecified damages (including treble damages under RICO and RESPA), rescission of loans, declaratory and injunctive relief, interest, and attorneys’ fees. In November 2011, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. In June 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the motion, dismissing the claims of any plaintiff whose loan did not originate or was not assigned to CBNV, narrowing the scope of the RESPA claim, and dismissing several of the named plaintiffs for lack of standing. The court also dismissed the claims against the other lender defendant on jurisdictional grounds. The limitation of the potential class to CBNV borrowers reduces its size to approximately 26,500 from the 50,000 members alleged in the amended complaint. Also in June 2013, the plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification, which was granted in July 2013. In July 2015, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit affirmed the grant of class certification by the Pennsylvania district court. We moved for a rehearing of the appeal, which was denied in October 2015. In November 2015, we filed a petition for a writ of certiorari with the U.S. Supreme Court seeking review of the decision of the court of appeals, which was denied in February 2016. We filed motions with the district court for decertification and summary judgment in April 2016.

In August 2016, we reached a settlement with the plaintiffs. In December 2016, the court granted final approval of the settlement. Under this settlement, in February 2017, the matter was submitted to binding arbitration before a panel of three arbitrators, who will determine whether we will pay the plaintiff class either an amount (inclusive of class counsel fees and expenses) we proposed ($24 million) or an amount proposed by the plaintiffs ($70 million), with no discretion to choose any other amount. The arbitrators are required to reach a decision by the end of March 2017.

Overdraft Litigation

Beginning in October 2009, PNC Bank, National City Bank and RBC Bank (USA) have been named in lawsuits brought as class actions relating to the manner in which they charged overdraft fees on ATM and debit transactions to customers and related matters. All but two of these lawsuits, both pending against RBC Bank (USA), have been settled. The following is a description of the remaining pending lawsuits.

The pending lawsuits naming RBC Bank (USA), along with similar lawsuits pending against other banks, have been consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida (the MDL Court) under the caption In re Checking Account Overdraft Litigation (MDL No. 2036, Case No. 1:09-MD-02036-JLK ). A consolidated amended complaint was filed in December 2010 that consolidated all of the claims in these MDL Court cases. The first case against RBC Bank (USA) pending in the MDL Court (Dasher v. RBC Bank (10-cv-22190-JLK)) was filed in July 2010 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The other case against RBC Bank (USA) (Avery v. RBC Bank (Case No. 10-cv-329)) was originally filed in North Carolina state court in July 2010 and was removed to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina before being transferred to the MDL Court. A consolidated amended complaint was filed in November 2014.

These cases seek to certify multi-state classes of customers for the common law claims described below (covering all states in which RBC Bank (USA) had retail branch operations during the class periods), and subclasses of RBC Bank (USA) customers with accounts in North Carolina branches, with each subclass being asserted for purposes of claims under those states’ consumer protection statutes. No class periods are stated in any of the complaints, other than for the applicable statutes of limitations, which vary by state and claim.

The customer agreements with the plaintiffs in these two cases contain arbitration provisions. RBC Bank (USA)’s original motion in Dasher to compel arbitration under these provisions was denied by the MDL Court. This denial was appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. While this appeal was pending, the U.S. Supreme Court issued its decision in AT&T Mobility v. Concepcion, following which the court of appeals vacated the MDL Court’s denial of the arbitration motion and remanded to the MDL Court for further consideration in light of the Concepcion decision. RBC Bank (USA)’s motion to compel arbitration, now

 

80


covering both Dasher and Avery, was denied in January 2013. We appealed the denial of the motion to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit, which, in February 2014, affirmed the order of the district court denying arbitration. We filed a motion asking the court of appeals to reconsider its decision, which it denied in March 2014. In December 2014, we filed a motion to compel arbitration as to the claims of the plaintiff in Dasher based on an arbitration provision added to the PNC account agreement in 2013. In August 2015, the district court denied our motion. Later in August 2015, we appealed the denial of our arbitration motion to the court of appeals. The appeal is pending. In December 2014, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In February 2016, the district court denied our motion.

The consolidated amended complaint alleges that the banks engaged in unlawful practices in assessing overdraft fees arising from electronic point-of-sale and ATM debits. The principal practice challenged in these lawsuits is the banks’ purportedly common policy of posting debit transactions on a daily basis from highest amount to lowest amount, thereby allegedly inflating the number of overdraft fees assessed. Other practices challenged include the failure to decline to honor debit card transactions where the account has insufficient funds to cover the transactions.

The plaintiffs assert claims for breach of contract and the covenant of good faith and fair dealing; unconscionability; conversion; unjust enrichment; and violation of the consumer protection statute of North Carolina. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, restitution of overdraft fees paid, unspecified actual and punitive damages (with actual damages, in some cases, trebled under state law), pre-judgment interest, attorneys’ fees, and declaratory relief finding the overdraft policies to be unfair and unconscionable.

Fulton Financial

In 2009, Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. filed lawsuits against PNC Capital Markets, LLC and NatCity Investments, Inc. in the Court of Common Pleas of Lancaster County, Pennsylvania arising out of Fulton’s purchase of auction rate certificates (ARCs) through PNC and NatCity. Each of the lawsuits alleges violations of the Pennsylvania Securities Act, negligent misrepresentation, negligence, breach of fiduciary duty, common law fraud, and aiding and abetting common law fraud in connection with the purchase of the ARCs by Fulton. Specifically, Fulton alleges that, as a result of the decline of financial markets in 2007 and 2008, the market for ARCs became illiquid; that PNC and NatCity knew or should have known of the increasing threat of the ARC market becoming illiquid; and that PNC and NatCity did not inform Fulton of this increasing threat, but allowed Fulton to continue to purchase ARCs, to Fulton’s detriment. In its complaints, Fulton alleges that it then held ARCs purchased through PNC for a price of more than $123 million and purchased through NatCity for a price of more than $175 million. In each complaint, Fulton seeks, among other things, unspecified actual and punitive damages, rescission, attorneys’ fees and interest.

In the case against PNC (Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. v. PNC Capital Markets, LLC (CI 09-10838)), PNC filed preliminary objections to Fulton’s complaint, which were denied. NatCity removed the case against it to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania (Fulton Financial Advisors, N.A. v. NatCity Investments, Inc. (No. 5:09-cv-04855)), and in November 2009 filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. In October 2013, the court granted the motion to dismiss with respect to claims under the Pennsylvania Securities Act and for negligent misrepresentation, common law fraud, and aiding and abetting common law fraud and denied the motion with respect to claims for negligence and breach of fiduciary duty. Fulton filed an amended complaint in December 2013, reasserting its negligence and breach of fiduciary duty claims and adding a new claim under the Pennsylvania Securities Act. Fulton and NatCity filed motions for summary judgment in February 2015. In January 2017, the court granted NatCity’s motion for summary judgment with respect to the claim under the Pennsylvania Securities Act and otherwise denied both Fulton’s and NatCity’s motions.

Captive Mortgage Reinsurance Litigation

In December 2011, a lawsuit (White, et al. v. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., et al. (Civil Action No. 11-7928)) was filed against PNC (as successor in interest to National City Corporation and several of its subsidiaries) and several mortgage insurance companies in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. This lawsuit, which was brought as a class action, alleges that National City structured its program of reinsurance of private mortgage insurance in such a way as to avoid a true transfer of risk from the mortgage insurers to National City’s captive reinsurer. The plaintiffs allege that the payments from the mortgage insurers to the captive reinsurer constitute kickbacks, referral payments, or unearned fee splits prohibited under the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), as well as common law unjust enrichment. The plaintiffs claim, among other things, that from the beginning of 2004 until the end of 2010 National City’s captive reinsurer collected from the mortgage insurance company defendants at least $219 million as its share of borrowers’ private mortgage insurance premiums and that its share of paid claims during this period was approximately $12 million. The plaintiffs seek to certify a nationwide class of all persons who obtained residential mortgage loans originated, funded or originated through correspondent lending by National City or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates between January 1, 2004 and the present and, in connection with these mortgage loans, purchased private mortgage insurance and whose residential mortgage loans were included within National City’s captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements. Plaintiffs seek, among other things, statutory damages under RESPA (which include treble damages), restitution of reinsurance premiums collected, disgorgement of profits, and attorneys’ fees. In August 2012, the district court directed the plaintiffs to file an amended complaint, which the plaintiffs filed in September 2012. In November 2012, we filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The court dismissed, without prejudice, the amended complaint in June 2013 on statute of limitations grounds. A second amended complaint, in response to the court’s dismissal order, was filed in July 2013. We filed a motion to dismiss the second

 

81


amended complaint, also in July 2013. In August 2014, the court denied the motion to dismiss. We then filed an uncontested motion to stay all proceedings pending the outcome of another matter then on appeal before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit that involves overlapping issues. In September 2014, the district court granted the stay. In October 2014, the court of appeals decided that other matter, holding that the RESPA claims in that case were barred by the statute of limitations. We then filed a motion for reconsideration of the denial of our motion to dismiss in light of the court of appeals’ decision. In January 2015, the district court denied our motion. In March 2015, the parties stipulated to, and the court ordered, a stay of all proceedings pending the outcome of a new other matter currently on appeal before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit that also involves overlapping issues. In February 2016, the court of appeals in the other matter issued a decision favorable to our position.

In September 2016, the plaintiffs moved to lift the stay and for permission to file a Third Amended Class Action Complaint to add claims under the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) and to assert that the RESPA claim is not barred by the statute of limitations under the “continuing violation theory” because every acceptance of a reinsurance premium is a new occurrence for these purposes. In January 2017, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to amend to add a RICO claim, but granted their motion permitting them to rely on the continuing violation theory to assert claims under RESPA. We have filed a petition to certify this issue for interlocutory appeal to U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit and have sought a stay in the district court pending an appeal.

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities Indemnification Demands

We have received indemnification demands from several entities sponsoring residential mortgage-backed securities and their affiliates where purchasers of the securities have brought litigation against the sponsors and other parties involved in the securitization transactions. National City Mortgage had sold whole loans to the sponsors or their affiliates that were allegedly included in certain of these securitization transactions. According to the indemnification demands, the plaintiffs’ claims in these lawsuits are based on alleged misstatements and omissions in the offering documents for these transactions. The indemnification demands assert that agreements governing the sale of these loans or the securitization transactions to which National City Mortgage was a party require us to indemnify the sponsors and their affiliates for losses suffered in connection with these lawsuits. The parties have settled several of these cases. There has not been any determination that the parties seeking indemnification have any liability to the plaintiffs in the other lawsuits and the amount, if any, for which we are responsible in the settled cases has not been determined.

Patent Infringement Litigation

In June 2013, a lawsuit (Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC vs. PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., and PNC Bank, NA, (Case No. 2:13-cv-00740-AJS)(IV 1)) was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against PNC and PNC Bank for patent infringement. The plaintiffs allege that multiple systems by which PNC and PNC Bank provide online banking services and other services via electronic means infringe five patents owned by the plaintiffs. The plaintiffs seek, among other things, a declaration that PNC and PNC Bank are infringing each of the patents, damages for past and future infringement, and attorneys’ fees. In July 2013, we filed an answer with counterclaims, denying liability and seeking declarations that the asserted patents are invalid and that PNC has not infringed them. In November 2013, PNC filed Covered Business Method/Post Grant Review petitions in the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office (PTO) seeking to invalidate all five of the patents. In December 2013, the court dismissed the plaintiffs’ claims as to two of the patents and entered a stay of the lawsuit pending the PTO’s consideration of PNC’s review petitions, including any appeals from decisions of the PTO. The PTO instituted review proceedings in May 2014 on four of the five patents at issue, finding that the subject matter of those patents was “more likely than not” unpatentable. The court had previously dismissed the plaintiffs’ claims with respect to the one patent not selected for review by the PTO. In separate decisions issued in April and May 2015, the PTO invalidated all claims with respect to the patents that were still at issue in IV 1. In July 2015, in an appeal arising out of proceedings against a different defendant relating to some of the same patents, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the invalidity of the two patents at issue in both IV 1 and the Federal Circuit appeal. As a result, all of the patents at issue in IV 1 not subject to the prior dismissal have been invalidated. In October 2015, the plaintiffs moved to dismiss with prejudice their claims arising from the patents that had not been subject to prior dismissal in IV 1, which the court granted.

In June 2014, Intellectual Ventures filed a second lawsuit (Intellectual Ventures I LLC and Intellectual Ventures II LLC v. PNC Bank Financial Services Group, Inc., PNC Bank NA, and PNC Merchant Services Company, LP (Case No. 2:14-cv-00832-AKS)(IV 2)) in the same court as IV 1. This lawsuit alleges that PNC defendants infringed five patents, including the patent dismissed in IV 1 that is not subject to PTO review, and relates generally to the same technology and subject matter as the first lawsuit. The court has stayed this case, which was consolidated with IV 1 in August 2014, pending the PTO’s consideration of various review petitions of the patents at issue in this case, as well as the review of the patents at issue in IV 1 and the appeals from any PTO decisions. In April 2015, the PTO, in a proceeding brought by another defendant, upheld the patentability of one of the patents at issue in IV 2. That decision was appealed to the Federal Circuit, which affirmed it in February 2016. After decisions adverse to the patent holder in the PTO and several U.S. District Courts on three of the remaining patents, in October 2015, the plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed without prejudice their claims with respect to those three patents, leaving two patents at issue in this lawsuit. The plaintiffs moved to deconsolidate IV 1 and IV 2 and to lift the stay. The court denied this motion in October 2015, continuing the stay until certain court proceedings against other defendants related to the same patents are resolved.

 

82


Mortgage Repurchase Litigation

In December 2013, Residential Funding Company, LLC (RFC) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota against PNC Bank, as alleged successor in interest to National City Mortgage Co., NCMC Newco, Inc., and North Central Financial Corporation (Residential Funding Company, LLC v. PNC Bank, N.A., et al. (Civil No. 13-3498- JRT-JSM)). In its complaint, RFC alleges that PNC Bank (through predecessors) sold $6.5 billion worth of residential mortgage loans to RFC during the timeframe at issue (approximately May 2006 through September 2008), a portion of which were allegedly materially defective, resulting in damages and losses to RFC. RFC alleges that PNC Bank breached representations and warranties made under seller contracts in connection with these sales. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and indemnification. RFC seeks, among other things, monetary damages, costs, and attorney’s fees. In March 2014, we filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. RFC then filed an amended complaint, as well as a motion to transfer the lawsuit to the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York. In April 2014, we moved to dismiss the amended complaint. In June 2014, RFC withdrew its motion to transfer the lawsuit. In October 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss with prejudice the breach of contract claims in the complaint with respect to loans sold before May 14, 2006 and otherwise denied our motion to dismiss. In January 2015, the lawsuit was consolidated for pre-trial purposes with other lawsuits pending in the District of Minnesota filed by RFC against other originators of mortgage loans that it had purchased. The consolidated action is captioned In Re: RFC and RESCAP Liquidating Trust Litigation (Civil File No. 13-cv-3451 (SRN/JJK/HB)). In September 2015, RFC filed a motion for leave to file a second amended complaint to add claims based on an asserted principle that loan sellers had a continuing contractual obligation to provide notice of loan defects, which RFC claims should allow it to assert contract claims as to pre-May 14, 2006 loans notwithstanding the prior dismissal of those claims with prejudice. In November 2015, the court granted RFC’s motion, and RFC filed its second amended complaint thereafter.

In January 2017, the ResCap Liquidating Trust (RLT) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota against PNC Bank, as successor in interest to Community Bank of Northern Virginia (CBNV) (ResCap Liquidating Trust v. PNC Bank, N.A. (No. 17-cv-196-JRT-FLN)). In its complaint, the RLT alleges that PNC Bank (as successor to CBNV) sold over 21,300 mortgage loans to RFC, with an original principal balance in excess of $789 million, which were included in RFC-sponsored RMBS trusts for which liabilities were settled in RFC’s bankruptcy. The RLT alleges that PNC Bank (as successor to CBNV) materially breached its representation and warranties made to RFC in connection with the sale of the loans, resulting in damages and losses to RFC. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and indemnification and seeks, among other things, monetary damages, costs, and attorney’s fees. The action has been consolidated for pre-trial purposes into In Re: RFC and RESCAP Liquidating Trust Litigation.

Pre-need Funeral Arrangements

National City Bank and PNC Bank are defendants in a lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri under the caption Jo Ann Howard, P.C., et al. v. Cassity, et al. (No. 4:09-CV-1252-ERW) arising out of trustee services provided by Allegiant Bank, a National City Bank and PNC Bank predecessor, with respect to Missouri trusts that held pre-need funeral contract assets. Under a pre-need funeral contract, a customer pays an amount up front in exchange for payment of funeral expenses following the customer’s death. In a number of states, including Missouri, pre-need funeral contract sellers are required to deposit a portion of the proceeds of the sale of pre-need funeral contracts in a trust account.

The lawsuit was filed in August 2009 by the Special Deputy Receiver for three insolvent affiliated companies, National Prearranged Services, Inc. a seller of pre-need funeral contracts (NPS), Lincoln Memorial Life Insurance Company (Lincoln), and Memorial Service Life Insurance Company (Memorial). Seven individual state life and health insurance guaranty associations, who claim they are liable under state law for payment of certain benefits under life insurance policies sold by Lincoln and Memorial, and the National Organization of Life & Health Guaranty Associations have also joined the action as plaintiffs. In addition to National City Bank and PNC Bank (added following filing of the lawsuit as successor-in-interest to National City Bank) (the PNC defendants), other defendants included members of the Cassity family, who controlled NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; officers and directors of NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; auditors and attorneys for NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial; the trustees of each of the trusts that held pre-need funeral contract assets; and the investment advisor to the Pre-need Trusts. NPS retained several banks to act as trustees for the trusts holding NPS pre-need funeral contract assets (the NPS Trusts), with Allegiant Bank acting as one of these trustees with respect to seven Missouri NPS Trusts. All of the other defendants have settled with the plaintiffs, are otherwise no longer a party to the lawsuit, or are insolvent.

In their Third Amended Complaint, filed in 2012 following the granting by the court in part of motions to dismiss made by the PNC defendants and the other NPS Trust trustees, the plaintiffs allege that Allegiant Bank breached its fiduciary duties and acted negligently as the trustee for the Missouri NPS Trusts. In part as a result of these breaches, the plaintiffs allege, members of the Cassity family, acting in concert with other defendants, were able to improperly remove millions of dollars from the NPS Trusts, which in turn caused NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial to become insolvent. The complaint alleges $600 million in present and future losses to the plaintiffs due to the insolvency of NPS, Lincoln, and Memorial. The lawsuit seeks, among other things, unspecified actual and punitive damages, various equitable remedies including restitution, attorneys’ fees, costs of suit and interest.

In July 2013, five of the six defendants in a parallel federal criminal action, including two members of the Cassity family, entered into plea agreements with the U.S. to resolve criminal charges arising out of their conduct at NPS, Lincoln and Memorial. In August 2013, after a jury trial, the sixth defendant, the investment advisor to the NPS Trusts, was convicted on all criminal counts against him. The

criminal charges against the defendants alleged, among other thing, a scheme to defraud Allegiant Bank and the other trustees of the NPS Trusts.

 

83


In May 2014, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motion to disallow the PNC defendants’ affirmative defense relating to the plaintiffs’ alleged failure to mitigate damages. In July 2014, the PNC defendants’ motion for reconsideration was denied. In September 2014, the plaintiffs filed a motion seeking leave to amend their complaint to reassert aiding and abetting claims, previously dismissed by the court in 2012. The court denied this motion in December 2014. Also in December 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the PNC defendants’ motion for summary judgment.

In March 2015, following a jury trial, the court entered a judgment against the PNC defendants in the amount of $356 million in compensatory damages and $36 million in punitive damages. In April 2015, the plaintiffs filed motions with the court seeking $179 million in pre-judgment interest. Also, in April 2015, the PNC defendants filed motions with the court to reduce the compensatory damages by the amounts paid in settlement by other defendants, to strike the punitive damages award, for judgment as a matter of law, and for a new trial. In November 2015, the court granted the motion to reduce the compensatory damages by amounts paid in settlement by other defendants and denied the other motions by the PNC defendants, with the judgment being reduced as a result to a total of $289 million, and also denied the plaintiffs’ motion for pre-judgment interest. In December 2015, the PNC defendants appealed the judgment to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. Also in December 2015, the plaintiffs cross-appealed from the court’s orders reducing the judgment by amounts paid in settlement by other defendants, denying plaintiffs’ motion for pre-judgment interest, and dismissing the plaintiffs’ aiding and abetting claims. These appeals were argued before the court of appeals in September 2016.

DD Growth Premium Master Fund

In June 2014, the liquidators of the DD Growth Premium Master Fund (DD Growth) issued a Plenary Summons in the High Court, Dublin, Ireland, in connection with the provision of administration services to DD Growth by a European subsidiary (GIS Europe) of PNC Global Investment Servicing (PNC GIS), a former subsidiary of PNC. The Plenary Summons was served on GIS Europe in June 2015.

In July 2010, we completed the sale of PNC GIS to The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (BNY Mellon). Beginning in February 2014, BNY Mellon has provided notice to us of three indemnification claims pursuant to the stock purchase agreement related to DD Growth. Our responsibility for this litigation is subject to the terms and limitations included in the indemnification provisions of the stock purchase agreement.

In its Statement of Claim, which the liquidator served in July 2015, the liquidator alleges, among other things, that GIS Europe breached its contractual duties to DD Growth as well as an alleged duty of care to DD Growth, and to investors in DD Growth, and makes claims of breach of the administration and accounting services agreement, breach of the middle office agreement, negligence, gross negligence, and breach of duty. The statement of claim further alleges claims for loss in the net asset value of the fund and loss of certain subscriptions paid into the fund in the amounts of $283 million and $134 million respectively. The statement of claim seeks, among other things, damages, costs, and interest.

Other Regulatory and Governmental Inquiries

We are the subject of investigations, audits and other forms of regulatory and governmental inquiry covering a broad range of issues in our consumer, mortgage, brokerage, securities and other financial services businesses, as well as other aspects of our operations. In some cases, these inquiries are part of reviews of specified activities at multiple industry participants; in others, they are directed at PNC individually. These inquiries, including those described below, may lead to administrative, civil or criminal proceedings, and possibly result in remedies including fines, penalties, restitution, or alterations in our business practices, and in additional expenses and collateral costs and other consequences. These inquiries may result in significant reputational harm or other adverse collateral consequences even if direct resulting remedies are not material to us.

 

    One area of significant regulatory and governmental focus has been mortgage lending and servicing. Numerous federal and state governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities are investigating practices in this area. We have received inquiries from, or is the subject of investigations by, a broad range of governmental, legislative and regulatory authorities relating to our activities in this area and is cooperating with these investigations and inquiries. As a result of the number and range of authorities conducting the investigations and inquiries, as well as the nature of these types of investigations and inquiries, among other factors, we cannot at this time predict the ultimate overall cost to or effect on us from potential governmental, legislative or regulatory actions arising out of these investigations and inquiries.

 

    In April 2011, as a result of a publicly-disclosed interagency horizontal review of residential mortgage servicing

operations at fourteen federally regulated mortgage servicers, PNC entered into a consent order with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and PNC Bank entered into a consent order with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Collectively, these consent orders describe certain foreclosure-

 

84


related practices and controls that the regulators found to be deficient and require PNC and PNC Bank to, among other things, develop and implement plans and programs to enhance our residential mortgage servicing and foreclosure processes, retain an independent consultant to review certain residential mortgage foreclosure actions, take certain remedial actions, and oversee compliance with the orders and the new plans and programs.

In connection with these orders, we established a Compliance Committee of the Boards of Directors of PNC and PNC Bank to monitor and coordinate PNC’s and PNC Bank’s implementation of the commitments under the orders. PNC and PNC Bank are executing Action Plans designed to meet the requirements of the orders. Consistent with the orders, we also engaged an independent consultant to conduct a review of certain residential foreclosure actions, including those identified through borrower complaints, and identify whether any remedial actions for borrowers are necessary.

In early 2013, PNC and PNC Bank, along with twelve other residential mortgage servicers, reached agreements with the OCC and the Federal Reserve to amend these consent orders. Pursuant to the amended consent orders, in order to accelerate the remediation process, we agreed to make a payment of $70 million for distribution to potentially affected borrowers in the review population and to provide $111 million in additional loss mitigation or other foreclosure prevention relief, which could be satisfied pursuant to the amended consent orders by a variety of borrower relief actions or by additional cash payments or resource commitments to borrower counseling or education.

In June 2015, the OCC issued an order finding that PNC Bank had satisfied all of its obligations under the OCC’s 2013 amended consent order and terminating PNC Bank’s 2011 consent order and 2013 amended consent order. The OCC retained jurisdiction over the distribution of remaining funds contributed by PNC Bank under its 2013 amended consent order. PNC’s consent order with the Federal Reserve, as amended, remains open and does not foreclose the potential for civil money penalties from the Federal Reserve. The range of potential penalties communicated to PNC from the Federal Reserve in connection with the consent orders is not material and we do not otherwise expect any additional financial charges from the Federal Reserve consent orders to be material.

 

    In February 2012, the Department of Justice, other federal regulators and 49 state attorneys general announced agreements with the five largest mortgage servicers. Written agreements were filed with the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in March 2012. Under these agreements, the mortgage servicers will make cash payments to federal and state governments, provide various forms of financial relief to borrowers, and implement new mortgage servicing standards. These governmental authorities are continuing their review of, and have engaged in discussions with, other mortgage servicers, including PNC, that were subject to the interagency horizontal review, which could result in the imposition of substantial payments and other forms of relief (similar to that agreed to by the five largest servicers) on some or all of these mortgage servicers, including PNC. Whether and to what extent any such relief may be imposed on PNC is not yet known.

 

    We received subpoenas from the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the Southern District of New York. The first two subpoenas, served in 2011, concern National City Bank’s lending practices in connection with loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) as well as certain non-FHA-insured loan origination, sale and securitization practices. A third, served in 2013, seeks information regarding claims for costs that are incurred by foreclosure counsel in connection with the foreclosure of loans insured or guaranteed by FHA, FNMA or FHLMC. We are cooperating with the investigations.

Our practice is to cooperate fully with regulatory and governmental investigations, audits and other inquiries, including those described in this Note 19.

Other

In addition to the proceedings or other matters described above, PNC and persons to whom we may have indemnification obligations, in the normal course of business, are subject to various other pending and threatened legal proceedings in which claims for monetary damages and other relief are asserted. We do not anticipate, at the present time, that the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of such other legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial position. However, we cannot now determine whether or not any claims asserted against us or others to whom we may have indemnification obligations, whether in the proceedings or other matters described above or otherwise, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any future reporting period, which will depend on, among other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the claim and the amount of income otherwise reported for the reporting period.

 

85


NOTE 20 COMMITMENTS

In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding, certain of which are not included on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. The following table presents our outstanding commitments to extend credit along with significant other commitments as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Table 98: Commitments to Extend Credit and Other Commitments

 

In millions

   December 31
2016
     December 31
2015
 

Commitments to extend credit

     

Total commercial lending

   $ 108,256      $ 101,252  

Home equity lines of credit

     17,438        17,268  

Credit card

     22,095        19,937  

Other

     4,192        4,032  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments to extend credit

     151,981        142,489  

Net outstanding standby letters of credit (a)

     8,324        8,765  

Reinsurance agreements (b)

     1,835        2,010  

Standby bond purchase agreements (c)

     790        911  

Other commitments (d)

     967        966  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments to extend credit and other commitments

   $ 163,897      $ 155,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Net outstanding standby letters of credit include $3.9 billion and $4.7 billion which support remarketing programs at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
(b) Represents aggregate maximum exposure up to the specified limits of the reinsurance contracts, and reflects estimates based on availability of financial information from insurance carriers. As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate maximum exposure amount comprised $1.5 billion for accidental death & dismemberment contracts and $.3 billion for credit life, accident & health contracts. Comparable amounts at December 31, 2015 were $1.6 billion and $.4 billion, respectively.
(c) We enter into standby bond purchase agreements to support municipal bond obligations.
(d) Includes $.5 billion related to investments in qualified affordable housing projects at both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit, or net unfunded loan commitments, represent arrangements to lend funds or provide liquidity subject to specified contractual conditions. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates, may require payment of a fee, and contain termination clauses in the event the customer’s credit quality deteriorates.

Net Outstanding Standby Letters of Credit

We issue standby letters of credit and share in the risk of standby letters of credit issued by other financial institutions, in each case to support obligations of our customers to third parties, such as insurance requirements and the facilitation of transactions involving capital markets product execution. Approximately 94% and 93% of our net outstanding standby letters of credit were rated as Pass as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, with the remainder rated as Below Pass. An internal credit rating of Pass indicates the expected risk of loss is currently low, while a rating of Below Pass indicates a higher degree of risk.

If the customer fails to meet its financial or performance obligation to the third party under the terms of the contract or there is a need to support a remarketing program, then upon a draw by a beneficiary, subject to the terms of the letter of credit, we would be obligated to make payment to them. The standby letters of credit outstanding on December 31, 2016 had terms ranging from less than 1 year to 8 years.

As of December 31, 2016, assets of $1.0 billion secured certain specifically identified standby letters of credit. In addition, a portion of the remaining standby letters of credit issued on behalf of specific customers is also secured by collateral or guarantees that secure the customers’ other obligations to us. The carrying amount of the liability for our obligations related to standby letters of credit and participations in standby letters of credit was $.2 billion at December 31, 2016 and is included in Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

86


NOTE 21 PARENT COMPANY

On August 23, 2016, PNC Funding Corp, a wholly-owned indirect non-bank subsidiary of the parent company, was merged into the parent company with all assets and liabilities transferred to the parent company at historical cost. As a result, the summarized financial information for all periods is presented in the following tables on a combined basis.

Summarized financial information of the parent company is as follows:

Table 99: Parent Company – Income Statement

 

Year ended December 31 - in millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Operating Revenue

      

Dividends from:

      

Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company

   $ 2,906     $ 3,110     $ 3,115  

Non-bank subsidiaries

     130       49       115  

Interest income

     93       82       88  

Noninterest income

     13       56       80  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

     3,142       3,297       3,398  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expense

      

Interest expense

     197       193       227  

Other expense

     108       89       127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     305       282       354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     2,837       3,015       3,044  

Income tax benefits

     (96     (98     (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

     2,933       3,113       3,104  

Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries:

      

Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company

     818       736       854  

Non-bank subsidiaries

     153       257       226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 3,904     $ 4,106     $ 4,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Net pension and other postretirement benefit plan activity arising during the period

     13       (3     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     13       (3     (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 3,917     $ 4,103     $ 4,167  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table 100: Parent Company – Balance Sheet

 

December 31 - in millions

   2016      2015  

Assets

 

Cash held at banking subsidiary

   $ 1      $ 1  

Restricted deposits with banking subsidiary

     175     

Nonrestricted interest-earning deposits

     4,684        3,077  

Restricted interest-earning deposits

 

     300  

Investments in:

     

Bank subsidiaries and bank holding company

     42,361        41,919  

Non-bank subsidiaries

     2,859        2,747  

Bank debt securities with affiliates

 

     1,850  

Loans with affiliates

     1,358        1,669  

Other assets

     1,322        1,724  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 52,760      $ 53,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Subordinated debt (a)

   $ 2,242      $ 2,267  

Senior debt (a)

     3,959        5,264  

Other borrowed funds from affiliates

     223        347  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     637        699  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,061        8,577  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     

Shareholders’ equity

     45,699        44,710  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 52,760      $ 53,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) See Note 10 Borrowed Funds for additional information on contractual rates and maturity dates of senior debt and subordinated debt for parent company.

In connection with certain affiliates’ commercial and residential mortgage servicing operations, the parent company has committed to maintain such affiliates’ net worth above minimum requirements.

Table 101: Parent Company – Interest Paid and Income Tax Refunds (Payments)

 

Year ended December 31—in millions

   Interest
Paid
     Income Tax
Refunds /
(Payments)
 

2016

   $ 317      $ 183  

2015

   $ 404      $ 64  

2014

   $ 442      $ (10

 

88


Table 102: Parent Company – Statement of Cash Flows

 

Year ended December 31 - in millions

   2016     2015     2014  

Operating Activities

      

Net income

   $ 3,904     $ 4,106     $ 4,184  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating

      

activities:

 

 

Equity in undistributed net earnings of subsidiaries

     (971     (993     (1,080

Other

     142       149       122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     3,075       3,262       3,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities

      

Net change in loans and securities from affiliates

     2,161       (185     2,098  

Net change in restricted deposits with banking subsidiary

     (175     400    

Net change in nonrestricted interest-earning deposits

     (1,607     3,244       (2,455

Net change in restricted interest-earning deposits

     300       (300  

Other

     266       (82     (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     945       3,077       (439
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities

      

Net change in other borrowed funds from affiliates

     (124     (100     (14

Net change in senior debt

     (1,252     (1,888     (1,379

Net change in subordinated debt

     17       (580     762  

Preferred stock issuances

     519      

Preferred stock redemptions

 

    (500  

Common and treasury stock issuances

     151       139       252  

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (2,062     (2,152     (1,176

Preferred stock cash dividends paid

     (209     (219     (232

Common stock cash dividends paid

     (1,060     (1,039     (1,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     (4,020     (6,339     (2,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash held at banking subsidiary at beginning of year

     1       1       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash held at banking subsidiary at end of year

   $ 1     $ 1     $ 1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

89


NOTE 22 SEGMENT REPORTING

Effective for the first quarter of 2017, as a result of changes to how we manage our businesses, we realigned our segments and, accordingly, have changed the basis of presentation of our segments, resulting in four reportable business segments:

 

    Retail Banking

 

    Corporate & Institutional Banking

 

    Asset Management Group

 

    BlackRock

Net interest income in business segment results reflects our internal funds transfer pricing methodology. Assets receive a funding charge and liabilities and capital receive a funding credit based on a transfer pricing methodology that incorporates product repricing characteristics, tenor and other factors. Effective for the first quarter of 2017, we made certain adjustments to our internal funds transfer pricing methodology primarily relating to weighted average lives of certain non-maturity deposits based on our recent historical experience. These changes in methodology affected business segment results, primarily adversely impacting net interest income for Corporate & Institutional Banking and Retail Banking, offset by increased net interest income in the “Other” category.

All periods presented were revised to conform to the new segment alignment and to our change in internal funds transfer pricing methodology.

Results of individual businesses are presented based on our internal management reporting practices. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to GAAP; therefore, the financial results of our individual businesses are not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other company. We periodically refine our internal methodologies as management reporting practices are enhanced. To the extent significant and practicable, retrospective application of new methodologies is made to prior period reportable business segment results and disclosures to create comparability with the current period.

Total business segment financial results differ from total consolidated net income. The impact of these differences is reflected in the “Other” category in the business segment tables. “Other” includes residual activities that do not meet the criteria for disclosure as a separate reportable business, such as gains or losses related to BlackRock transactions, integration costs, asset and liability management activities including net securities gains or losses, other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities and certain trading activities, exited businesses, certain non-strategic runoff consumer loan portfolios, private equity investments, intercompany eliminations, most corporate overhead, tax adjustments that are not allocated to business segments and differences between business segment performance reporting and financial statement reporting (GAAP), including the presentation of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests as the segments’ results exclude their portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests. Assets, revenue and earnings attributable to foreign activities were not material in the periods presented for comparative purposes.

Financial results are presented, to the extent practicable, as if each business operated on a stand-alone basis. Additionally, we have aggregated the results for corporate support functions within “Other” for financial reporting purposes.

Our allocation of the costs incurred by shared support areas not directly aligned with the businesses is primarily based on the use of services.

A portion of capital is intended to cover unexpected losses and is assigned to our business segments using our risk-based economic capital model, including consideration of the goodwill at those business segments as well as the diversification of risk among the business segments, ultimately reflecting our portfolio risk adjusted capital allocation.

We have allocated the allowances for loan and lease losses and for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit based on the loan exposures within each business segment’s portfolio. Key reserve assumptions and estimation processes react to and are influenced by observed changes in loan portfolio performance experience, the financial strength of the borrower and economic conditions. Key reserve assumptions are periodically updated.

Business Segment Products and Services

Retail Banking provides deposit, lending, brokerage, investment management and cash management products and services to consumer and small business customers within our primary geographic markets. Our customers are serviced through our branch network, ATMs, call centers, online banking and mobile channels. The branch network is located primarily in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New Jersey, Michigan, Illinois, Maryland, Indiana, Florida, North Carolina, Kentucky, Washington, D.C., Delaware, Virginia, Georgia, Alabama, Missouri, Wisconsin and South Carolina. Deposit products include checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit. Lending products include residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, auto loans, credit cards, education loans and personal loans and lines of credit. The residential mortgage loans are directly originated within our branch network and nationwide, and are typically underwritten to government agency and/or third-party standards, and either sold, servicing

 

90


retained, or held on our balance sheet. Our mortgage servicing operation performs all functions related to servicing residential mortgage loans for investors and for loans we own. Brokerage, investment management and cash management products and services include managed accounts, education accounts, retirement accounts and trust and estate services.

Corporate & Institutional Banking provides lending, treasury management, and capital markets-related products and services to mid-sized and large corporations, government and not-for-profit entities. Lending products include secured and unsecured loans, letters of credit and equipment leases. Treasury management services include cash and investment management, receivables management, disbursement services, funds transfer services, information reporting and global trade services. Capital markets-related products and services include foreign exchange, derivatives, securities, loan syndications, mergers and acquisitions advisory and equity capital markets advisory related services. We also provide commercial loan servicing and technology solutions for the commercial real estate finance industry. Products and services are generally provided within our primary geographic markets, with certain products and services offered nationally and internationally.

Asset Management Group provides personal wealth management for high net worth and ultra high net worth clients and institutional asset management. Wealth management products and services include investment and retirement planning, customized investment management, private banking, tailored credit solutions and trust management and administration for individuals and their families. Our Hawthorn unit provides multi-generational family planning including estate, financial, tax planning, fiduciary, investment management and consulting, private banking, personal administrative services, asset custody and customized performance reporting to ultra high net worth families. Institutional asset management provides advisory, custody and retirement administration services. The business also offers PNC proprietary mutual funds. Institutional clients include corporations, unions, municipalities, non-profits, foundations and endowments, primarily located in our geographic footprint.

BlackRock, in which we hold an equity investment, is a leading publicly traded investment management firm providing a broad range of investment and risk management services to institutional and retail clients worldwide. Using a diverse platform of active and index investment strategies across asset classes, BlackRock develops investment outcomes and asset allocation solutions for clients. Product offerings include single- and multi-asset class portfolios investing in equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market instruments. BlackRock also offers an investment and risk management technology platform, risk analytics, advisory and technology services and solutions to a broad base of institutional and wealth management investors.

Our equity investment in BlackRock provides us with an additional source of noninterest income and increases our overall revenue diversification. BlackRock is a publicly traded company, and additional information regarding its business is available in its filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). At December 31, 2016, our economic interest in BlackRock was 22%. We received cash dividends from BlackRock of $331 million, $320 million, and $285 million during 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

 

91


Table 103: Results of Businesses

 

Year ended December 31

In millions

   Retail
Banking
     Corporate &
Institutional
Banking
     Asset
Management
Group
    BlackRock      Other     Consolidated (a)  

2016

               

Income Statement

               

Net interest income

   $ 4,509      $ 3,181      $ 300        $ 401     $ 8,391  

Noninterest income

     2,693        2,035        851     $ 685        507       6,771  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,202        5,216        1,151       685        908       15,162  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     297        177        (6        (35     433  

Depreciation and amortization

     175        153        45          470       843  

Other noninterest expense

     5,116        2,069        780          668       8,633  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     1,614        2,817        332       685        (195     5,253  

Income taxes (benefit)

     591        908        122       153        (506     1,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 1,023      $ 1,909      $ 210     $ 532      $ 311     $ 3,985  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average Assets (b)

   $ 85,871      $ 140,309      $ 7,707     $ 7,118      $ 120,255     $ 361,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015

               

Income Statement

               

Net interest income

   $ 4,306      $ 3,144      $ 292        $ 536     $ 8,278  

Noninterest income

     2,781        1,947        869     $ 717        633       6,947  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     7,087        5,091        1,161       717        1,169       15,225  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     253        78        9          (85     255  

Depreciation and amortization

     187        149        44          429       809  

Other noninterest expense

     5,257        2,038        802          557       8,654  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     1,390        2,826        306       717        268       5,507  

Income taxes (benefit)

     506        934        112       169        (357     1,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 884      $ 1,892      $ 194     $ 548      $ 625     $ 4,143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average Assets (b)

   $ 86,977      $ 133,754      $ 7,920     $ 6,983      $ 119,330     $ 354,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014

               

Income Statement

               

Net interest income

   $ 3,775      $ 3,461      $ 258        $ 1,031     $ 8,525  

Noninterest income

     2,740        1,756        818     $ 703        833       6,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     6,515        5,217        1,076       703        1,864       15,375  

Provision for credit losses (benefit)

     285        90        (1        (101     273  

Depreciation and amortization

     190        139        41          406       776  

Other noninterest expense

     5,176        1,978        778          780       8,712  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     864        3,010        258       703        779       5,614  

Income taxes (benefit)

     314        1,010        95       173        (185     1,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 550      $ 2,000      $ 163     $ 530      $ 964     $ 4,207  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average Assets (b)

   $ 88,869      $ 124,633      $ 7,712     $ 6,640      $ 99,999     $ 327,853  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) There were no material intersegment revenues for the years ended 2016, 2015 and 2014.
(b) Period-end balances for BlackRock.

NOTE 23 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 30, 2017, we announced a $300 million increase in our share repurchase programs for the four-quarter period ended June 30, 2017. This amount is in addition to the share repurchase programs of up to $2.0 billion during this period authorized as part of our 2016 capital plan under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, which included up to $200 million related to employee benefit plans.

On February 1, 2017, we transferred 0.5 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock to BlackRock to satisfy a portion of our LTIP obligation. Upon transfer, Other assets and Other liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet were each reduced by $155 million, representing the fair value of the shares transferred. After this transfer, we hold approximately 0.3 million shares of BlackRock Series C Preferred Stock which are available to fund our remaining obligation in connection with the BlackRock LTIP programs.

On February 3, 2017, we announced that on March 15, 2017 we will redeem all of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust I with a current distribution rate of 2.61344% and all of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Exchangeable Perpetual Trust Securities of PNC Preferred Funding Trust II with a current distribution rate of 2.18594%. The redemption price will be $100,000 per security. The previously declared regular first quarter distribution on the securities is payable on March 15, 2017 to holders of record on March 1, 2017.

 

92


On February 7, 2017, the parent company issued $575 million in Floating Rate Senior Notes with a maturity date of August 7, 2018. Interest is payable at the 3-month LIBOR rate reset quarterly, plus a spread of 0.25% per annum, on February 7, May 7, August 7, and November 7 of each year, commencing on May 7, 2017.

On February 17, 2017, PNC Bank issued $1.0 billion of Senior Notes with a maturity date of February 17, 2022. Interest is payable semi-annually at a fixed rate of 2.625% on February 17 and August 17 of each year, commencing on August 17, 2017.

STATISTICAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

 

Dollars in millions,    2016      2015  

except per share data

   Fourth      Third      Second      First      Fourth      Third      Second      First  

Summary Of Operations

                       

Interest income

   $ 2,453      $ 2,408      $ 2,384      $ 2,407      $ 2,358      $ 2,341      $ 2,305      $ 2,319  

Interest expense

     323        313        316        309        266        279        253        247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income

     2,130        2,095        2,068        2,098        2,092        2,062        2,052        2,072  

Noninterest income

     1,744        1,734        1,726        1,567        1,761        1,713        1,814        1,659  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     3,874        3,829        3,794        3,665        3,853        3,775        3,866        3,731  

Provision for credit losses

     67        87        127        152        74        81        46        54  

Noninterest expense

     2,441        2,394        2,360        2,281        2,396        2,352        2,366        2,349  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and noncontrolling interests

     1,366        1,348        1,307        1,232        1,383        1,342        1,454        1,328  

Income taxes

     319        342        318        289        361        269        410        324  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

     1,047        1,006        989        943        1,022        1,073        1,044        1,004  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     22        18        23        19        14        18        4        1  

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion and redemptions

     43        64        43        65        43        64        48        70  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 982      $ 924      $ 923      $ 859      $ 965      $ 991      $ 992      $ 933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Per Common Share Data

                       

Book value

   $ 85.94      $ 86.57      $ 85.33      $ 83.47      $ 81.84      $ 81.42      $ 79.64      $ 78.99  

Basic earnings from net income

   $ 2.01      $ 1.87      $ 1.84      $ 1.70      $ 1.90      $ 1.93      $ 1.92      $ 1.79  

Diluted earnings from net income

   $ 1.97      $ 1.84      $ 1.82      $ 1.68      $ 1.87      $ 1.90      $ 1.88      $ 1.75  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

93


AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND NET INTEREST ANALYSIS (a) (b) (c)

 

     2016     2015     2014  

Taxable-equivalent basis

Dollars in millions

   Average
Balances
     Interest
Income/
Expense
     Average
Yields/
Rates
    Average
Balances
     Interest
Income/
Expense
     Average
Yields/
Rates
    Average
Balances
     Interest
Income/
Expense
     Average
Yields/
Rates
 

Assets

                        

Interest-earning assets:

                        

Investment securities

                        

Securities available for sale

                        

Residential mortgage-backed

                        

Agency

   $ 25,442      $ 617        2.43   $ 21,371      $ 540        2.53   $ 18,935      $ 503        2.66

Non-agency

     3,613        175        4.84     4,374        207        4.73     5,106        244        4.78

Commercial mortgage-backed

     6,369        167        2.62     6,372        195        3.06     5,461        192        3.52

Asset-backed

     5,741        132        2.30     5,234        111        2.12     5,321        105        1.97

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     10,590        155        1.46     6,486        79        1.22     4,837        57        1.18

Other

     5,064        152        3.00     4,344        146        3.36     4,566        148        3.24
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total securities available for sale

     56,819        1,398        2.46     48,181        1,278        2.65     44,226        1,249        2.82

Securities held to maturity

                        

Residential mortgage-backed

     10,529        290        2.75     8,238        251        3.05     5,885        207        3.52

Commercial mortgage-backed

     1,693        62        3.66     1,976        75        3.80     2,502        99        3.96

Asset-backed

     677        14        2.07     738        11        1.49     908        14        1.54

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     308        11        3.57     253        10        3.95     243        9        3.70

Other

     2,020        114        5.64     2,279        119        5.22     2,056        105        5.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total securities held to maturity

     15,227        491        3.22     13,484        466        3.46     11,594        434        3.74
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total investment securities

     72,046        1,889        2.62     61,665        1,744        2.83     55,820        1,683        3.02

Loans

                        

Commercial

     100,319        3,141        3.13     98,093        2,975        3.03     92,411        3,029        3.28

Commercial real estate

     28,729        964        3.36     25,177        896        3.56     22,646        919        4.06

Equipment lease financing

     7,463        266        3.56     7,570        260        3.43     7,567        278        3.67

Consumer

     57,499        2,476        4.31     60,094        2,505        4.17     62,529        2,609        4.17

Residential real estate

     14,807        696        4.70     14,415        697        4.84     14,495        721        4.97
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total loans

     208,817        7,543        3.61     205,349        7,333        3.57     199,648        7,556        3.78

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     26,328        136        .52     32,908        86        .26     19,204        49        .26

Other interest-earning assets

     7,843        279        3.56     8,903        356        4.00     8,633        332        3.85
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets/interest income

     315,034        9,847        3.13     308,825        9,519        3.08     283,305        9,620        3.40

Noninterest-earning assets

     46,226             46,139             44,548        
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 361,260           $ 354,964           $ 327,853        
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Liabilities and Equity

                        

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                        

Interest-bearing deposits

                        

Money market

   $ 71,530      $ 146        .20   $ 81,911      $ 214        .26   $ 75,513      $ 140        .19

Demand

     52,701        40        .08     46,649        26        .06     43,367        22        .05

Savings

     29,643        119        .40     14,719        32        .22     11,990        14        .12

Time deposits

     18,890        125        .66     20,686        131        .63     21,944        149        .68
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing deposits

     172,764        430        .25     163,965        403        .25     152,814        325        .21

Borrowed funds

                        

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     18,385        155        .84     21,365        104        .49     14,863        73        .49

Bank notes and senior debt

     21,906        352        1.61     17,937        223        1.24     14,114        202        1.43

Subordinated debt

     8,324        264        3.17     8,796        236        2.68     8,559        219        2.56

Other

     4,324        60        1.39     8,415        79        .94     11,281        87        .77
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total borrowed funds

     52,939        831        1.57     56,513        642        1.14     48,817        581        1.19
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities/interest expense

     225,703        1,261        .56     220,478        1,045        .47     201,631        906        .45

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity:

                        

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     78,085             76,398             70,108        

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     11,083             12,210             10,768        

Equity

     46,389             45,878             45,346        
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 361,260           $ 354,964           $ 327,853        
  

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

       

Interest rate spread

 

     2.57           2.61           2.95

Impact of noninterest-bearing sources

           .16             .13             .13  
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income/margin

      $ 8,586        2.73      $ 8,474        2.74      $ 8,714        3.08
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Nonaccrual loans are included in loans, net of unearned income. The impact of financial derivatives used in interest rate risk management is included in the interest income/expense and average yields/rates of the related assets and liabilities. Basis adjustments related to hedged items are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities. Average balances of securities are based on amortized historical cost (excluding adjustments to fair value, which are included in other assets). Average balances for certain loans and borrowed funds accounted for at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in Noninterest income, are included in noninterest-earning assets and noninterest-bearing liabilities.
(b) Loan fees for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $137 million, $106 million and $162 million, respectively.
(c) Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income and yields for all interest-earning assets, as well as net interest margins, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating average yields and net interest margin by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in this Statistical Information section for more information.

 

94


ANALYSIS OF YEAR-TO-YEAR CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME (a) (b)

 

     2016/2015     2015/2014  

Taxable-equivalent basis

In millions

   Increase/(Decrease) in Income/
Expense Due to Changes in:
    Increase/(Decrease) in Income/
Expense Due to Changes in:
 
   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest-Earning Assets

            

Investment securities

            

Securities available for sale

            

Residential mortgage-backed

            

Agency

   $ 99     $ (22   $ 77     $ 63     $ (26   $ 37  

Non-agency

     (37     5       (32     (34     (3     (37

Commercial mortgage-backed

       (28     (28     30       (27     3  

Asset-backed

     12       9       21       (2     8       6  

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     58       18       76       20       2       22  

Other

     23       (17     6       (7     5       (2
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     217       (97     120       107       (78     29  

Securities held to maturity

            

Residential mortgage-backed

     66       (27     39       75       (31     44  

Commercial mortgage-backed

     (10     (3     (13     (20     (4     (24

Asset-backed

     (1     4       3       (3       (3

U.S. Treasury and government agencies

     2       (1     1         1       1  

Other

     (15     10       (5     12       2       14  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

     58       (33     25       66       (34     32  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total investment securities

     280       (135     145       171       (110     61  

Loans

            

Commercial

     67       99       166       182       (236     (54

Commercial real estate

     120       (52     68       97       (120     (23

Equipment lease financing

     (4     10       6         (18     (18

Consumer

     (111     82       (29     (104       (104

Residential real estate

     19       (20     (1     (4     (20     (24
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total loans

     126       84       210       209       (432     (223

Interest-earning deposits with banks

     (20     70       50       37         37  

Other interest-earning

     (40     (37     (77     10       14       24  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

   $ 182     $ 146     $ 328     $ 838     $ (939   $ (101

Interest-Bearing Liabilities

            

Interest-bearing deposits

            

Money market

   $ (24   $ (44   $ (68   $ 14     $ 60     $ 74  

Demand

     4       10       14       1       3       4  

Savings

     49       38       87       4       14       18  

Time deposits

     (12     6       (6     (8     (10     (18
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     27         27       21       57       78  

Borrowed funds

            

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings

     (17     68       51       31         31  

Bank notes and senior debt

     55       74       129       50       (29     21  

Subordinated debt

     (13     41       28       6       11       17  

Other

     (48     29       (19     (25     17       (8
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total borrowed funds

     (43     232       189       86       (25     61  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     24       192       216       95       44       139  
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 160     $ (48   $ 112     $ 746     $ (986   $ (240

 

(a) Changes attributable to rate/volume are prorated into rate and volume components.
(b) Interest income calculated as taxable-equivalent interest income. The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP. See Reconciliation of Taxable-Equivalent Net Interest Income in this Statistical Information section for more information.

 

95


RECONCILIATION OF TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT NET INTEREST INCOME (NON-GAAP) (a)

 

     Year ended December 31  

In millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Net interest income (GAAP)

   $ 8,391      $ 8,278      $ 8,525  

Taxable-equivalent adjustments

     195        196        189  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income (Non-GAAP)

   $ 8,586      $ 8,474      $ 8,714  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) The interest income earned on certain earning assets is completely or partially exempt from federal income tax. As such, these tax-exempt instruments typically yield lower returns than taxable investments. To provide more meaningful comparisons of net interest income, we use interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments. This adjustment is not permitted under GAAP.

LOANS SUMMARY

 

December 31 - in millions

   2016      2015      2014      2013      2012  

Commercial lending

              

Commercial

   $ 101,364      $ 98,608      $ 97,420      $ 88,378      $ 83,040  

Commercial real estate

     29,010        27,468        23,262        21,191        18,655  

Equipment lease financing

     7,581        7,468        7,686        7,576        7,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     137,955        133,544        128,368        117,145        108,942  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer lending

              

Home equity

     29,949        32,133        34,677        36,447        35,920  

Residential real estate

     15,598        14,411        14,407        15,065        15,240  

Credit card

     5,282        4,862        4,612        4,425        4,303  

Other consumer

     22,049        21,746        22,753        22,531        21,451  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer lending

     72,878        73,152        76,449        78,468        76,914  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 210,833      $ 206,696      $ 204,817      $ 195,613      $ 185,856  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

RECONCILIATION OF TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE (NON-GAAP)

 

December 31                               

Dollars in millions, except per share data

   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Book value per common share

   $ 85.94     $ 81.84     $ 77.61     $ 72.07     $ 66.95  

Tangible book value per common share

          

Common shareholders’ equity

   $ 41,723     $ 41,258     $ 40,605     $ 38,392     $ 35,358  

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     (9,376     (9,482     (9,595     (9,654     (9,798

Deferred tax liabilities on Goodwill and Other

          

Intangible Assets

     304       310       320       333       354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity

   $ 32,651     $ 32,086     $ 31,330     $ 29,071     $ 25,914  

Period-end common shares outstanding (in millions)

     485       504       523       533       528  

Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (a)

   $ 67.26     $ 63.65     $ 59.88     $ 54.57     $ 49.07  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) We believe this non-GAAP financial measure serves as a useful tool to help evaluate the strength and discipline of a company’s capital management strategies and as an additional conservative measure of total company value.

RECONCILIATION OF FEE INCOME (NON-GAAP)

 

Year ended December 31                     

Dollars in millions

   2016      2015      2014  

Noninterest income

        

Asset management

   $ 1,521      $ 1,567      $ 1,513  

Consumer services

     1,388        1,335        1,254  

Corporate services

     1,504        1,491        1,415  

Residential mortgage

     567        566        618  

Service charges on deposits

     667        651        662  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fee income

     5,647        5,610        5,462  

Other

     1,124        1,337        1,388  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 6,771      $ 6,947      $ 6,850  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

96


NONPERFORMING ASSETS AND RELATED INFORMATION

 

December 31 - dollars in millions

   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Nonperforming loans

          

Commercial

   $ 496     $ 351     $ 290     $ 457     $ 590  

Commercial real estate

     143       187       334       518       807  

Equipment lease financing

     16       7       2       5       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     655       545       626       980       1,410  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer lending (a)

          

Home equity (b)

     914       977       1,112       1,139       951  

Residential real estate (b)

     501       549       706       904       845  

Credit card

     4       3       3       4       5  

Other consumer (b)

     70       52       63       61       43  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer lending

     1,489       1,581       1,884       2,108       1,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans (c)

     2,144       2,126       2,510       3,088       3,254  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OREO, foreclosed and other assets

     230       299       370       369       540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 2,374     $ 2,425     $ 2,880     $ 3,457     $ 3,794  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     1.02     1.03     1.23     1.58     1.75

Nonperforming assets to total loans, OREO, foreclosed and other assets

     1.12     1.17     1.40     1.76     2.04

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     .65     .68     .83     1.08     1.24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest on nonperforming loans

          

Computed on original terms

   $ 111     $ 115     $ 125     $ 163     $ 212  

Recognized prior to nonperforming status

   $ 21     $ 22     $ 25     $ 30     $ 30  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

          

Nonperforming

   $ 1,112     $ 1,119     $ 1,370     $ 1,511     $ 1,589  

Performing

   $ 1,109     $ 1,232     $ 1,213     $ 1,228     $ 1,270  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Past due loans

          

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (d)

   $ 782     $ 881     $ 1,105     $ 1,491     $ 2,351  

As a percentage of total loans

     .37     .43     .54     .76     1.26

Past due loans held for sale

          

Accruing loans held for sale past due 90 days or more

   $ 4     $ 4     $ 9     $ 4     $ 38  

As a percentage of total loans held for sale

     .16     .29     .40     .18     1.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Excludes most consumer loans and lines of credit, not secured by residential real estate, which are charged off after 120 to 180 days past due and are not placed on nonperforming status.
(b) Pursuant to alignment with interagency supervisory guidance on practices for loans and lines of credit related to consumer lending in the first quarter of 2013, nonperforming home equity loans increased $214 million, nonperforming residential mortgage loans increased $187 million and nonperforming other consumer loans increased $25 million. Charge-offs were taken on these loans where the fair value less costs to sell the collateral was less than the recorded investment of the loan and were $134 million.
(c) Nonperforming loans exclude certain government insured or guaranteed loans, loans held for sale, loans accounted for under the fair value option and purchased impaired loans.
(d) Past due loan amounts include government insured or guaranteed consumer loans of $.7 billion, $.8 billion, $1.0 billion, $1.0 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

97


SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

 

Year ended December 31 - dollars in millions

   2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

Allowance for loan and lease losses – January 1

   $ 2,727     $ 3,331       3,609     $ 4,036     $ 4,347  

Gross charge-offs

          

Commercial

     (332     (206     (276     (395     (474

Commercial real estate

     (26     (44     (70     (203     (314

Equipment lease financing

     (5     (5     (14     (8     (16

Home equity

     (143     (181     (275     (486     (560

Residential real estate

     (14     (24     (40     (133     (110

Credit card

     (161     (160     (163     (178     (200

Other consumer

     (205     (185     (183     (185     (196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (886     (805     (1,021     (1,588     (1,870
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries

          

Commercial

     117       170       207       248       300  

Commercial real estate

     51       66       84       93       115  

Equipment lease financing

     10       4       14       16       30  

Home equity

     84       93       78       73       61  

Residential real estate

     9       13       26       4       (1

Credit card

     19       21       21       22       26  

Other consumer

     53       52       60       55       50  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     343       419       490       511       581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (543     (386     (531     (1,077     (1,289

Provision for credit losses

     433       255       273       643       987  

Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit

     (40     (2     (17     8       (10

Net recovery/(write-offs) of purchased impaired loans and other (a)

     12       (471     (3     (1     1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses – December 31

   $ 2,589     $ 2,727       3,331     $ 3,609     $ 4,036  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of December 31:

          

Loans (a)

     1.23     1.32     1.63     1.84     2.17

Nonperforming loans

     121     128     133     117     124

As a percentage of average loans:

          

Net charge-offs

     .26     .19     .27     .57     .73

Provision for credit losses

     .21     .12     .14     .34     .56

Allowance for loan and lease losses (a)

     1.24     1.33     1.67     1.90     2.28

Allowance as a multiple of net charge-offs

     4.77x       7.06x       6.27x       3.35x       3.13x  

 

(a) See Note 1 Accounting Policies in our 2015 Form 10-K for information on our change in derecognition policy effective December 31, 2015 for certain purchased impaired loans.

The following table presents the assignment of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the categories of loans as a percentage of total loans. Changes in the allocation over time reflect the changes in loan portfolio composition, risk profile and refinements to reserve methodologies.

ALLOCATION OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  

December 31

Dollars in millions

   Allowance      Loans to
Total Loans
    Allowance      Loans to
Total Loans
    Allowance      Loans to
Total Loans
    Allowance      Loans to
Total Loans
    Allowance      Loans to
Total Loans
 

Commercial

   $ 1,179        48.1   $ 1,286        47.7   $ 1,209        47.6   $ 1,100        45.2   $ 1,131        44.7

Commercial real estate

     320        13.8       281        13.3       318        11.4       400        10.8       589        10.0  

Equipment lease financing

     35        3.6       38        3.6       44        3.7       47        3.9       54        3.9  

Home equity

     357        14.2       484        15.5       872        16.9       1,051        18.6       1,044        19.3  

Residential real estate

     332        7.4       307        7.0       561        7.0       642        7.7       847        8.2  

Credit card

     181        2.5       167        2.4       173        2.3       169        2.3       199        2.3  

Other consumer

     185        10.4       164        10.5       154        11.1       200        11.5       172        11.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,589        100.0   $ 2,727        100.0   $ 3,331        100.0   $ 3,609        100.0   $ 4,036        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

98


TIME DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $7.7 billion at December 31, 2016 and $9.4 billion at December 31, 2015. Time deposits of $100,000 or more included time deposits in foreign offices of $1.7 billion at December 31, 2016. Domestic time deposits of $100,000 or more were $6.0 billion at December 31, 2016 with the following maturities:

 

December 31, 2016 – in billions

   Domestic
Certificates
of Deposit
 
  

 

 

 

Three months or less

   $ 1.6  

Over three through six months

     1.0  

Over six through twelve months

     1.5  

Over twelve months

     1.9  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6.0  
  

 

 

 

SELECTED LOAN MATURITIES AND INTEREST SENSITIVITY

 

December 31, 2016

In millions

   1 Year
or Less
     1 Through
5 Years
     After 5
Years
     Gross
Loans
 

Commercial

   $ 27,656      $ 64,109      $ 9,599      $ 101,364  

Commercial real estate

     7,404        15,658        5,948        29,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,060      $ 79,767      $ 15,547      $ 130,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with:

           

Predetermined rate

   $ 5,902      $ 11,116      $ 6,392      $ 23,410  

Floating or adjustable rate

     29,158        68,651        9,155        106,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,060      $ 79,767      $ 15,547      $ 130,374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2016, we had no pay-fixed interest rate swaps designated to commercial loans as part of fair value hedge strategies. At December 31, 2016, $17.5 billion notional amount of receive-fixed interest rate swaps were designated as part of cash flow hedging strategies that converted the floating rate (1 month LIBOR) on the underlying commercial loans to a fixed rate as part of risk management strategies.

COMMON STOCK PRICES/DIVIDENDS DECLARED

The table below sets forth by quarter the range of high and low sale and quarter-end closing prices for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. common stock and the cash dividends declared per common share.

 

     High      Low      Close      Cash
Dividends
Declared
(a)
 

2016 Quarter

           

First

   $ 94.26      $ 77.67      $ 84.57      $ .51  

Second

     90.85        77.40        81.39        .51  

Third

     91.39        77.86        90.09        .55  

Fourth

     118.57        87.34        116.96        .55  
           

 

 

 

Total

            $ 2.12  
           

 

 

 

2015 Quarter

           

First

   $ 96.71      $ 81.84      $ 93.24      $ .48  

Second

     99.61        90.42        95.65        .51  

Third

     100.52        82.77        89.20        .51  

Fourth

     97.50        84.93        95.31        .51  
           

 

 

 

Total

            $ 2.01  
           

 

 

 

 

(a) Our Board of Directors approved a first quarter 2017 cash dividend of $.55 per common share, which was payable on February 5, 2017.

 

99


TRANSITIONAL BASEL III AND PRO FORMA FULLY PHASED-IN BASEL III COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL RATIOS (NON-GAAP)—2012-2015 PERIODS

Our regulatory risk-based ratios in 2015 were calculated using the standardized approach, effective January 1, 2015, for determining risk-weighted assets, and the definitions of, and deductions from, regulatory capital under the Basel III rules (as such definitions and deductions were phased-in for 2015). We refer to the capital ratios calculated using the phased-in Basel III provisions in effect for 2015 and, for the risk-based ratios, standardized approach risk-weighted assets as the 2015 Transitional Basel III ratios.

 

     Transitional Basel III     Pro forma Fully Phased-In Basel III (Non-GAAP) (a) (b)  

Dollars in millions

   December 31
2015
    December 31
2014
    December 31
2015
    December 31
2014
    December 31
2013
    December 31
2012
 

Common stock, related surplus and retained earnings, net of treasury stock

   $ 41,128     $ 40,103     $ 41,128     $ 40,103     $ 38,031     $ 34,579  

Less regulatory capital adjustments:

            

Goodwill and disallowed intangibles, net of deferred tax liabilities

     (8,972     (8,939     (9,172     (9,276     (9,321     (9,445

Basel III total threshold deductions

     (470     (212     (1,294     (1,081     (1,386     (2,330

Accumulated other comprehensive income (c)

     (81     40       (201     201       196       276  

All other adjustments

     (112     (63     (182     (121     (64     (579
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basel III Common equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 31,493     $ 30,929     $ 30,279     $ 29,826     $ 27,456     $ 22,501  

Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets (d)

   $ 295,905     $ 284,018     $ 303,707     $ 298,786     $ 291,977     $ N/A  

Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets (e)

     N/A       N/A       264,931     $ 285,870     $ 290,080     $ 301,006  

Basel III Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     10.6     10.9     10.0     10.0     9.4     7.5

Risk weight and associated rules utilized

    

Standardized (with
2015 transition
adjustments)
 
 
 
   

Standardized (with
2014 transition
adjustments)
 
 
 
    Standardized           Advanced  

 

(a) We utilize the pro forma fully phased-in Basel III capital ratios, to assess our capital position (without the benefit of phase-ins), as these ratios represent the regulatory capital standards that will be ultimately applicable to us under the final Basel III rules.
(b) Basel III capital ratios and estimates may be impacted by additional regulatory guidance or analysis, and, in the case of those ratios calculated using the advanced approaches, may be subject to variability based on the ongoing evolution, validation and regulatory approval of our models that are integral to the calculation of advanced approaches risk-weighted assets as we move through the parallel run process.
(c) Represents net adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income for securities currently and previously held as available for sale, as well as pension and other postretirement plans.
(d) Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets are based on the Basel III standardized approach rules and include credit and market risk-weighted assets. The Transitional Basel III ratio in 2014 was based on the definitions of, and deductions from, capital under Basel III (as such definitions and deductions are phased-in for 2014) and Basel I risk-weighted assets (subject to certain adjustments as defined by the Basel III rules).
(e) Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets are based on the Basel III advanced approaches rules, and include credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets. During the parallel run qualification phase we have refined the data, models and internal processes used as part of the advanced approaches for determining risk-weighted assets. Refinements implemented in the fourth quarter of 2015 reduced estimated Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets. We anticipate additional refinements to this estimate through the parallel run qualification phase.

BASEL I TIER 1 COMMON CAPITAL RATIO (a) (b)

 

     December 31     December 31  

Dollars in millions

   2013     2012  

Basel I Tier 1 common capital

   $ 28,484       24,951  

Basel I risk-weighted assets

     272,169       260,847  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basel I Tier 1 common capital ratio

     10.5     9.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Effective January 1, 2014, the Basel I Tier 1 common capital ratio no longer applies to us (except for stress testing purposes). Our 2013 Form 10-K included additional information regarding our Basel I capital ratios.
(b) Amounts have not been updated to reflect the first quarter 2014 adoption of ASU 2014-01 related to investments in low income housing tax credits.

 

100